diff --git a/lxqt-base/lxqt-wayland-session/files/default-wayfire.patch b/lxqt-base/lxqt-wayland-session/files/default-wayfire.patch new file mode 100644 index 0000000..224796a --- /dev/null +++ b/lxqt-base/lxqt-wayland-session/files/default-wayfire.patch @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +diff --git a/startlxqtwayland.in b/startlxqtwayland.in +index c2e14d5..6fe60d0 100644 +--- a/startlxqtwayland.in ++++ b/startlxqtwayland.in +@@ -83,18 +83,10 @@ valid_layouts=$(grep -A98 '! layout' /usr/share/X11/xkb/rules/base.lst | awk '{p + trylayout=$(echo $LANG | cut -c 1,2) + + if [ -z "$COMPOSITOR" ]; then +- echo "No compositor configured yet in Session Settings, trying labwc..." +- COMPOSITOR=labwc +- export XDG_CURRENT_DESKTOP="LXQt:wlroots" +- +- # enable cursor on VM (systemd only) +- if type systemd-detect-virt > /dev/null 2>&1 && systemd-detect-virt --quiet; then +- export WLR_NO_HARDWARE_CURSORS=1 +- echo "Running on virtualized hardware" +- fi +- exec $COMPOSITOR -C "$share_dir"/lxqt/wayland/firstrun -S lxqt-config-session +- +-elif [ "$COMPOSITOR" = "labwc" ]; then ++ echo "No compositor configured yet in Session Settings, trying wayfire..." ++ export COMPOSITOR=wayfire ++fi ++if [ "$COMPOSITOR" = "labwc" ]; then + # Copy default configuration if not existing and set keyboard layout if different from us + if [ ! -d "$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/labwc" ]; then + cp -av "$share_dir"/lxqt/wayland/labwc "$XDG_CONFIG_HOME"/ # use default location here diff --git a/lxqt-base/lxqt-wayland-session/lxqt-wayland-session-9999.ebuild b/lxqt-base/lxqt-wayland-session/lxqt-wayland-session-9999.ebuild new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9a15ee9 --- /dev/null +++ b/lxqt-base/lxqt-wayland-session/lxqt-wayland-session-9999.ebuild @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +# Copyright 2024 Gentoo Authors +# Distributed under the terms of the GNU General Public License v2 + +EAPI=8 + +inherit git-r3 cmake + +DESCRIPTION="LXQt wayland session" +HOMEPAGE="https://github.com/lxqt/lxqt-wayland-session" +EGIT_REPO_URI="https://github.com/lxqt/lxqt-wayland-session.git" +#SRC_URI="" + +IUSE="compositor" + +LICENSE="GPL3" +SLOT="0" +KEYWORDS="~amd64" +PATCHES=( + "default-wayfire.patch" +) + +DEPEND="lxqt-base/lxqt-session app-misc/qtxdg-tools kde-plasma/layer-shell-qt compositor? ( gui-wm/wayfire )" +RDEPEND="${DEPEND}" +BDEPEND="dev-util/lxqt-build-tools" diff --git a/media-sound/looper/files/vgmstream.patch b/media-sound/looper/files/vgmstream.patch new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4020965 --- /dev/null +++ b/media-sound/looper/files/vgmstream.patch @@ -0,0 +1,8052 @@ +diff --git a/subprojects/vgmstream/ext_includes/pstdint.h b/subprojects/vgmstream/ext_includes/pstdint.h +index f4a30815..88383b05 100644 +--- a/subprojects/vgmstream/ext_includes/pstdint.h ++++ b/subprojects/vgmstream/ext_includes/pstdint.h +@@ -1,919 +1,919 @@ +-/* A portable stdint.h +- **************************************************************************** +- * BSD License: +- **************************************************************************** +- * +- * Copyright (c) 2005-2016 Paul Hsieh +- * All rights reserved. +- * +- * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +- * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions +- * are met: +- * +- * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +- * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +- * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright +- * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the +- * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. +- * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products +- * derived from this software without specific prior written permission. +- * +- * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR +- * IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES +- * OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. +- * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, +- * INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT +- * NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, +- * DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY +- * THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT +- * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF +- * THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. +- * +- **************************************************************************** +- * +- * Version 0.1.16.0 +- * +- * The ANSI C standard committee, for the C99 standard, specified the +- * inclusion of a new standard include file called stdint.h. This is +- * a very useful and long desired include file which contains several +- * very precise definitions for integer scalar types that is critically +- * important for making several classes of applications portable +- * including cryptography, hashing, variable length integer libraries +- * and so on. But for most developers its likely useful just for +- * programming sanity. +- * +- * The problem is that some compiler vendors chose to ignore the C99 +- * standard and some older compilers have no opportunity to be updated. +- * Because of this situation, simply including stdint.h in your code +- * makes it unportable. +- * +- * So that's what this file is all about. It's an attempt to build a +- * single universal include file that works on as many platforms as +- * possible to deliver what stdint.h is supposed to. Even compilers +- * that already come with stdint.h can use this file instead without +- * any loss of functionality. A few things that should be noted about +- * this file: +- * +- * 1) It is not guaranteed to be portable and/or present an identical +- * interface on all platforms. The extreme variability of the +- * ANSI C standard makes this an impossibility right from the +- * very get go. Its really only meant to be useful for the vast +- * majority of platforms that possess the capability of +- * implementing usefully and precisely defined, standard sized +- * integer scalars. Systems which are not intrinsically 2s +- * complement may produce invalid constants. +- * +- * 2) There is an unavoidable use of non-reserved symbols. +- * +- * 3) Other standard include files are invoked. +- * +- * 4) This file may come in conflict with future platforms that do +- * include stdint.h. The hope is that one or the other can be +- * used with no real difference. +- * +- * 5) In the current version, if your platform can't represent +- * int32_t, int16_t and int8_t, it just dumps out with a compiler +- * error. +- * +- * 6) 64 bit integers may or may not be defined. Test for their +- * presence with the test: #ifdef INT64_MAX or #ifdef UINT64_MAX. +- * Note that this is different from the C99 specification which +- * requires the existence of 64 bit support in the compiler. If +- * this is not defined for your platform, yet it is capable of +- * dealing with 64 bits then it is because this file has not yet +- * been extended to cover all of your system's capabilities. +- * +- * 7) (u)intptr_t may or may not be defined. Test for its presence +- * with the test: #ifdef PTRDIFF_MAX. If this is not defined +- * for your platform, then it is because this file has not yet +- * been extended to cover all of your system's capabilities, not +- * because its optional. +- * +- * 8) The following might not been defined even if your platform is +- * capable of defining it: +- * +- * WCHAR_MIN +- * WCHAR_MAX +- * (u)int64_t +- * PTRDIFF_MIN +- * PTRDIFF_MAX +- * (u)intptr_t +- * +- * 9) The following have not been defined: +- * +- * WINT_MIN +- * WINT_MAX +- * +- * 10) The criteria for defining (u)int_least(*)_t isn't clear, +- * except for systems which don't have a type that precisely +- * defined 8, 16, or 32 bit types (which this include file does +- * not support anyways). Default definitions have been given. +- * +- * 11) The criteria for defining (u)int_fast(*)_t isn't something I +- * would trust to any particular compiler vendor or the ANSI C +- * committee. It is well known that "compatible systems" are +- * commonly created that have very different performance +- * characteristics from the systems they are compatible with, +- * especially those whose vendors make both the compiler and the +- * system. Default definitions have been given, but its strongly +- * recommended that users never use these definitions for any +- * reason (they do *NOT* deliver any serious guarantee of +- * improved performance -- not in this file, nor any vendor's +- * stdint.h). +- * +- * 12) The following macros: +- * +- * PRINTF_INTMAX_MODIFIER +- * PRINTF_INT64_MODIFIER +- * PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER +- * PRINTF_INT16_MODIFIER +- * PRINTF_LEAST64_MODIFIER +- * PRINTF_LEAST32_MODIFIER +- * PRINTF_LEAST16_MODIFIER +- * PRINTF_INTPTR_MODIFIER +- * +- * are strings which have been defined as the modifiers required +- * for the "d", "u" and "x" printf formats to correctly output +- * (u)intmax_t, (u)int64_t, (u)int32_t, (u)int16_t, (u)least64_t, +- * (u)least32_t, (u)least16_t and (u)intptr_t types respectively. +- * PRINTF_INTPTR_MODIFIER is not defined for some systems which +- * provide their own stdint.h. PRINTF_INT64_MODIFIER is not +- * defined if INT64_MAX is not defined. These are an extension +- * beyond what C99 specifies must be in stdint.h. +- * +- * In addition, the following macros are defined: +- * +- * PRINTF_INTMAX_HEX_WIDTH +- * PRINTF_INT64_HEX_WIDTH +- * PRINTF_INT32_HEX_WIDTH +- * PRINTF_INT16_HEX_WIDTH +- * PRINTF_INT8_HEX_WIDTH +- * PRINTF_INTMAX_DEC_WIDTH +- * PRINTF_INT64_DEC_WIDTH +- * PRINTF_INT32_DEC_WIDTH +- * PRINTF_INT16_DEC_WIDTH +- * PRINTF_UINT8_DEC_WIDTH +- * PRINTF_UINTMAX_DEC_WIDTH +- * PRINTF_UINT64_DEC_WIDTH +- * PRINTF_UINT32_DEC_WIDTH +- * PRINTF_UINT16_DEC_WIDTH +- * PRINTF_UINT8_DEC_WIDTH +- * +- * Which specifies the maximum number of characters required to +- * print the number of that type in either hexadecimal or decimal. +- * These are an extension beyond what C99 specifies must be in +- * stdint.h. +- * +- * Compilers tested (all with 0 warnings at their highest respective +- * settings): Borland Turbo C 2.0, WATCOM C/C++ 11.0 (16 bits and 32 +- * bits), Microsoft Visual C++ 6.0 (32 bit), Microsoft Visual Studio +- * .net (VC7), Intel C++ 4.0, GNU gcc v3.3.3 +- * +- * This file should be considered a work in progress. Suggestions for +- * improvements, especially those which increase coverage are strongly +- * encouraged. +- * +- * Acknowledgements +- * +- * The following people have made significant contributions to the +- * development and testing of this file: +- * +- * Chris Howie +- * John Steele Scott +- * Dave Thorup +- * John Dill +- * Florian Wobbe +- * Christopher Sean Morrison +- * Mikkel Fahnoe Jorgensen +- * +- */ +- +-#include +-#include +-#include +- +-/* +- * For gcc with _STDINT_H, fill in the PRINTF_INT*_MODIFIER macros, and +- * do nothing else. On the Mac OS X version of gcc this is _STDINT_H_. +- */ +- +-#if ((defined(__SUNPRO_C) && __SUNPRO_C >= 0x570) || (defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER >= 1600) || (defined(__STDC__) && __STDC__ && defined(__STDC_VERSION__) && __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L) || (defined (__WATCOMC__) && (defined (_STDINT_H_INCLUDED) || __WATCOMC__ >= 1250)) || (defined(__GNUC__) && (__GNUC__ > 3 || defined(_STDINT_H) || defined(_STDINT_H_) || defined (__UINT_FAST64_TYPE__)) )) && !defined (_PSTDINT_H_INCLUDED) +-#include +-#define _PSTDINT_H_INCLUDED +-# if defined(__GNUC__) && (defined(__x86_64__) || defined(__ppc64__)) && !(defined(__APPLE__) && defined(__MACH__)) +-# ifndef PRINTF_INT64_MODIFIER +-# define PRINTF_INT64_MODIFIER "l" +-# endif +-# ifndef PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER +-# define PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER "" +-# endif +-# else +-# ifndef PRINTF_INT64_MODIFIER +-# define PRINTF_INT64_MODIFIER "ll" +-# endif +-# ifndef PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER +-# if (UINT_MAX == UINT32_MAX) +-# define PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER "" +-# else +-# define PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER "l" +-# endif +-# endif +-# endif +-# ifndef PRINTF_INT16_MODIFIER +-# define PRINTF_INT16_MODIFIER "h" +-# endif +-# ifndef PRINTF_INTMAX_MODIFIER +-# define PRINTF_INTMAX_MODIFIER PRINTF_INT64_MODIFIER +-# endif +-# ifndef PRINTF_INT64_HEX_WIDTH +-# define PRINTF_INT64_HEX_WIDTH "16" +-# endif +-# ifndef PRINTF_UINT64_HEX_WIDTH +-# define PRINTF_UINT64_HEX_WIDTH "16" +-# endif +-# ifndef PRINTF_INT32_HEX_WIDTH +-# define PRINTF_INT32_HEX_WIDTH "8" +-# endif +-# ifndef PRINTF_UINT32_HEX_WIDTH +-# define PRINTF_UINT32_HEX_WIDTH "8" +-# endif +-# ifndef PRINTF_INT16_HEX_WIDTH +-# define PRINTF_INT16_HEX_WIDTH "4" +-# endif +-# ifndef PRINTF_UINT16_HEX_WIDTH +-# define PRINTF_UINT16_HEX_WIDTH "4" +-# endif +-# ifndef PRINTF_INT8_HEX_WIDTH +-# define PRINTF_INT8_HEX_WIDTH "2" +-# endif +-# ifndef PRINTF_UINT8_HEX_WIDTH +-# define PRINTF_UINT8_HEX_WIDTH "2" +-# endif +-# ifndef PRINTF_INT64_DEC_WIDTH +-# define PRINTF_INT64_DEC_WIDTH "19" +-# endif +-# ifndef PRINTF_UINT64_DEC_WIDTH +-# define PRINTF_UINT64_DEC_WIDTH "20" +-# endif +-# ifndef PRINTF_INT32_DEC_WIDTH +-# define PRINTF_INT32_DEC_WIDTH "10" +-# endif +-# ifndef PRINTF_UINT32_DEC_WIDTH +-# define PRINTF_UINT32_DEC_WIDTH "10" +-# endif +-# ifndef PRINTF_INT16_DEC_WIDTH +-# define PRINTF_INT16_DEC_WIDTH "5" +-# endif +-# ifndef PRINTF_UINT16_DEC_WIDTH +-# define PRINTF_UINT16_DEC_WIDTH "5" +-# endif +-# ifndef PRINTF_INT8_DEC_WIDTH +-# define PRINTF_INT8_DEC_WIDTH "3" +-# endif +-# ifndef PRINTF_UINT8_DEC_WIDTH +-# define PRINTF_UINT8_DEC_WIDTH "3" +-# endif +-# ifndef PRINTF_INTMAX_HEX_WIDTH +-# define PRINTF_INTMAX_HEX_WIDTH PRINTF_UINT64_HEX_WIDTH +-# endif +-# ifndef PRINTF_UINTMAX_HEX_WIDTH +-# define PRINTF_UINTMAX_HEX_WIDTH PRINTF_UINT64_HEX_WIDTH +-# endif +-# ifndef PRINTF_INTMAX_DEC_WIDTH +-# define PRINTF_INTMAX_DEC_WIDTH PRINTF_UINT64_DEC_WIDTH +-# endif +-# ifndef PRINTF_UINTMAX_DEC_WIDTH +-# define PRINTF_UINTMAX_DEC_WIDTH PRINTF_UINT64_DEC_WIDTH +-# endif +- +-/* +- * Something really weird is going on with Open Watcom. Just pull some of +- * these duplicated definitions from Open Watcom's stdint.h file for now. +- */ +- +-# if defined (__WATCOMC__) && __WATCOMC__ >= 1250 +-# if !defined (INT64_C) +-# define INT64_C(x) (x + (INT64_MAX - INT64_MAX)) +-# endif +-# if !defined (UINT64_C) +-# define UINT64_C(x) (x + (UINT64_MAX - UINT64_MAX)) +-# endif +-# if !defined (INT32_C) +-# define INT32_C(x) (x + (INT32_MAX - INT32_MAX)) +-# endif +-# if !defined (UINT32_C) +-# define UINT32_C(x) (x + (UINT32_MAX - UINT32_MAX)) +-# endif +-# if !defined (INT16_C) +-# define INT16_C(x) (x) +-# endif +-# if !defined (UINT16_C) +-# define UINT16_C(x) (x) +-# endif +-# if !defined (INT8_C) +-# define INT8_C(x) (x) +-# endif +-# if !defined (UINT8_C) +-# define UINT8_C(x) (x) +-# endif +-# if !defined (UINT64_MAX) +-# define UINT64_MAX 18446744073709551615ULL +-# endif +-# if !defined (INT64_MAX) +-# define INT64_MAX 9223372036854775807LL +-# endif +-# if !defined (UINT32_MAX) +-# define UINT32_MAX 4294967295UL +-# endif +-# if !defined (INT32_MAX) +-# define INT32_MAX 2147483647L +-# endif +-# if !defined (INTMAX_MAX) +-# define INTMAX_MAX INT64_MAX +-# endif +-# if !defined (INTMAX_MIN) +-# define INTMAX_MIN INT64_MIN +-# endif +-# endif +-#endif +- +-/* +- * I have no idea what is the truly correct thing to do on older Solaris. +- * From some online discussions, this seems to be what is being +- * recommended. For people who actually are developing on older Solaris, +- * what I would like to know is, does this define all of the relevant +- * macros of a complete stdint.h? Remember, in pstdint.h 64 bit is +- * considered optional. +- */ +- +-#if (defined(__SUNPRO_C) && __SUNPRO_C >= 0x420) && !defined(_PSTDINT_H_INCLUDED) +-#include +-#define _PSTDINT_H_INCLUDED +-#endif +- +-#ifndef _PSTDINT_H_INCLUDED +-#define _PSTDINT_H_INCLUDED +- +-#ifndef SIZE_MAX +-# define SIZE_MAX ((size_t)-1) +-#endif +- +-/* +- * Deduce the type assignments from limits.h under the assumption that +- * integer sizes in bits are powers of 2, and follow the ANSI +- * definitions. +- */ +- +-#ifndef UINT8_MAX +-# define UINT8_MAX 0xff +-#endif +-#if !defined(uint8_t) && !defined(_UINT8_T) && !defined(vxWorks) +-# if (UCHAR_MAX == UINT8_MAX) || defined (S_SPLINT_S) +- typedef unsigned char uint8_t; +-# define UINT8_C(v) ((uint8_t) v) +-# else +-# error "Platform not supported" +-# endif +-#endif +- +-#ifndef INT8_MAX +-# define INT8_MAX 0x7f +-#endif +-#ifndef INT8_MIN +-# define INT8_MIN INT8_C(0x80) +-#endif +-#if !defined(int8_t) && !defined(_INT8_T) && !defined(vxWorks) +-# if (SCHAR_MAX == INT8_MAX) || defined (S_SPLINT_S) +- typedef signed char int8_t; +-# define INT8_C(v) ((int8_t) v) +-# else +-# error "Platform not supported" +-# endif +-#endif +- +-#ifndef UINT16_MAX +-# define UINT16_MAX 0xffff +-#endif +-#if !defined(uint16_t) && !defined(_UINT16_T) && !defined(vxWorks) +-#if (UINT_MAX == UINT16_MAX) || defined (S_SPLINT_S) +- typedef unsigned int uint16_t; +-# ifndef PRINTF_INT16_MODIFIER +-# define PRINTF_INT16_MODIFIER "" +-# endif +-# define UINT16_C(v) ((uint16_t) (v)) +-#elif (USHRT_MAX == UINT16_MAX) +- typedef unsigned short uint16_t; +-# define UINT16_C(v) ((uint16_t) (v)) +-# ifndef PRINTF_INT16_MODIFIER +-# define PRINTF_INT16_MODIFIER "h" +-# endif +-#else +-#error "Platform not supported" +-#endif +-#endif +- +-#ifndef INT16_MAX +-# define INT16_MAX 0x7fff +-#endif +-#ifndef INT16_MIN +-# define INT16_MIN INT16_C(0x8000) +-#endif +-#if !defined(int16_t) && !defined(_INT16_T) && !defined(vxWorks) +-#if (INT_MAX == INT16_MAX) || defined (S_SPLINT_S) +- typedef signed int int16_t; +-# define INT16_C(v) ((int16_t) (v)) +-# ifndef PRINTF_INT16_MODIFIER +-# define PRINTF_INT16_MODIFIER "" +-# endif +-#elif (SHRT_MAX == INT16_MAX) +- typedef signed short int16_t; +-# define INT16_C(v) ((int16_t) (v)) +-# ifndef PRINTF_INT16_MODIFIER +-# define PRINTF_INT16_MODIFIER "h" +-# endif +-#else +-#error "Platform not supported" +-#endif +-#endif +- +-#ifndef UINT32_MAX +-# define UINT32_MAX (0xffffffffUL) +-#endif +-#if !defined(uint32_t) && !defined(_UINT32_T) && !defined(vxWorks) +-#if (ULONG_MAX == UINT32_MAX) || defined (S_SPLINT_S) +- typedef unsigned long uint32_t; +-# define UINT32_C(v) v ## UL +-# ifndef PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER +-# define PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER "l" +-# endif +-#elif (UINT_MAX == UINT32_MAX) +- typedef unsigned int uint32_t; +-# ifndef PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER +-# define PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER "" +-# endif +-# define UINT32_C(v) v ## U +-#elif (USHRT_MAX == UINT32_MAX) +- typedef unsigned short uint32_t; +-# define UINT32_C(v) ((unsigned short) (v)) +-# ifndef PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER +-# define PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER "" +-# endif +-#else +-#error "Platform not supported" +-#endif +-#endif +- +-#ifndef INT32_MAX +-# define INT32_MAX (0x7fffffffL) +-#endif +-#ifndef INT32_MIN +-# define INT32_MIN INT32_C(0x80000000) +-#endif +-#if !defined(int32_t) && !defined(_INT32_T) && !defined(vxWorks) +-#if (LONG_MAX == INT32_MAX) || defined (S_SPLINT_S) +- typedef signed long int32_t; +-# define INT32_C(v) v ## L +-# ifndef PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER +-# define PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER "l" +-# endif +-#elif (INT_MAX == INT32_MAX) +- typedef signed int int32_t; +-# define INT32_C(v) v +-# ifndef PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER +-# define PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER "" +-# endif +-#elif (SHRT_MAX == INT32_MAX) +- typedef signed short int32_t; +-# define INT32_C(v) ((short) (v)) +-# ifndef PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER +-# define PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER "" +-# endif +-#else +-#error "Platform not supported" +-#endif +-#endif +- +-/* +- * The macro stdint_int64_defined is temporarily used to record +- * whether or not 64 integer support is available. It must be +- * defined for any 64 integer extensions for new platforms that are +- * added. +- */ +- +-#undef stdint_int64_defined +-#if (defined(__STDC__) && defined(__STDC_VERSION__)) || defined (S_SPLINT_S) +-# if (__STDC__ && __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L) || defined (S_SPLINT_S) +-# define stdint_int64_defined +- typedef long long int64_t; +- typedef unsigned long long uint64_t; +-# define UINT64_C(v) v ## ULL +-# define INT64_C(v) v ## LL +-# ifndef PRINTF_INT64_MODIFIER +-# define PRINTF_INT64_MODIFIER "ll" +-# endif +-# endif +-#endif +- +-#if !defined (stdint_int64_defined) +-# if defined(__GNUC__) && !defined(vxWorks) +-# define stdint_int64_defined +- __extension__ typedef long long int64_t; +- __extension__ typedef unsigned long long uint64_t; +-# define UINT64_C(v) v ## ULL +-# define INT64_C(v) v ## LL +-# ifndef PRINTF_INT64_MODIFIER +-# define PRINTF_INT64_MODIFIER "ll" +-# endif +-# elif defined(__MWERKS__) || defined (__SUNPRO_C) || defined (__SUNPRO_CC) || defined (__APPLE_CC__) || defined (_LONG_LONG) || defined (_CRAYC) || defined (S_SPLINT_S) +-# define stdint_int64_defined +- typedef long long int64_t; +- typedef unsigned long long uint64_t; +-# define UINT64_C(v) v ## ULL +-# define INT64_C(v) v ## LL +-# ifndef PRINTF_INT64_MODIFIER +-# define PRINTF_INT64_MODIFIER "ll" +-# endif +-# elif (defined(__WATCOMC__) && defined(__WATCOM_INT64__)) || (defined(_MSC_VER) && _INTEGRAL_MAX_BITS >= 64) || (defined (__BORLANDC__) && __BORLANDC__ > 0x460) || defined (__alpha) || defined (__DECC) +-# define stdint_int64_defined +- typedef __int64 int64_t; +- typedef unsigned __int64 uint64_t; +-# define UINT64_C(v) v ## UI64 +-# define INT64_C(v) v ## I64 +-# ifndef PRINTF_INT64_MODIFIER +-# define PRINTF_INT64_MODIFIER "I64" +-# endif +-# endif +-#endif +- +-#if !defined (LONG_LONG_MAX) && defined (INT64_C) +-# define LONG_LONG_MAX INT64_C (9223372036854775807) +-#endif +-#ifndef ULONG_LONG_MAX +-# define ULONG_LONG_MAX UINT64_C (18446744073709551615) +-#endif +- +-#if !defined (INT64_MAX) && defined (INT64_C) +-# define INT64_MAX INT64_C (9223372036854775807) +-#endif +-#if !defined (INT64_MIN) && defined (INT64_C) +-# define INT64_MIN INT64_C (-9223372036854775808) +-#endif +-#if !defined (UINT64_MAX) && defined (INT64_C) +-# define UINT64_MAX UINT64_C (18446744073709551615) +-#endif +- +-/* +- * Width of hexadecimal for number field. +- */ +- +-#ifndef PRINTF_INT64_HEX_WIDTH +-# define PRINTF_INT64_HEX_WIDTH "16" +-#endif +-#ifndef PRINTF_INT32_HEX_WIDTH +-# define PRINTF_INT32_HEX_WIDTH "8" +-#endif +-#ifndef PRINTF_INT16_HEX_WIDTH +-# define PRINTF_INT16_HEX_WIDTH "4" +-#endif +-#ifndef PRINTF_INT8_HEX_WIDTH +-# define PRINTF_INT8_HEX_WIDTH "2" +-#endif +-#ifndef PRINTF_INT64_DEC_WIDTH +-# define PRINTF_INT64_DEC_WIDTH "19" +-#endif +-#ifndef PRINTF_INT32_DEC_WIDTH +-# define PRINTF_INT32_DEC_WIDTH "10" +-#endif +-#ifndef PRINTF_INT16_DEC_WIDTH +-# define PRINTF_INT16_DEC_WIDTH "5" +-#endif +-#ifndef PRINTF_INT8_DEC_WIDTH +-# define PRINTF_INT8_DEC_WIDTH "3" +-#endif +-#ifndef PRINTF_UINT64_DEC_WIDTH +-# define PRINTF_UINT64_DEC_WIDTH "20" +-#endif +-#ifndef PRINTF_UINT32_DEC_WIDTH +-# define PRINTF_UINT32_DEC_WIDTH "10" +-#endif +-#ifndef PRINTF_UINT16_DEC_WIDTH +-# define PRINTF_UINT16_DEC_WIDTH "5" +-#endif +-#ifndef PRINTF_UINT8_DEC_WIDTH +-# define PRINTF_UINT8_DEC_WIDTH "3" +-#endif +- +-/* +- * Ok, lets not worry about 128 bit integers for now. Moore's law says +- * we don't need to worry about that until about 2040 at which point +- * we'll have bigger things to worry about. +- */ +- +-#ifdef stdint_int64_defined +- typedef int64_t intmax_t; +- typedef uint64_t uintmax_t; +-# define INTMAX_MAX INT64_MAX +-# define INTMAX_MIN INT64_MIN +-# define UINTMAX_MAX UINT64_MAX +-# define UINTMAX_C(v) UINT64_C(v) +-# define INTMAX_C(v) INT64_C(v) +-# ifndef PRINTF_INTMAX_MODIFIER +-# define PRINTF_INTMAX_MODIFIER PRINTF_INT64_MODIFIER +-# endif +-# ifndef PRINTF_INTMAX_HEX_WIDTH +-# define PRINTF_INTMAX_HEX_WIDTH PRINTF_INT64_HEX_WIDTH +-# endif +-# ifndef PRINTF_INTMAX_DEC_WIDTH +-# define PRINTF_INTMAX_DEC_WIDTH PRINTF_INT64_DEC_WIDTH +-# endif +-#else +- typedef int32_t intmax_t; +- typedef uint32_t uintmax_t; +-# define INTMAX_MAX INT32_MAX +-# define UINTMAX_MAX UINT32_MAX +-# define UINTMAX_C(v) UINT32_C(v) +-# define INTMAX_C(v) INT32_C(v) +-# ifndef PRINTF_INTMAX_MODIFIER +-# define PRINTF_INTMAX_MODIFIER PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER +-# endif +-# ifndef PRINTF_INTMAX_HEX_WIDTH +-# define PRINTF_INTMAX_HEX_WIDTH PRINTF_INT32_HEX_WIDTH +-# endif +-# ifndef PRINTF_INTMAX_DEC_WIDTH +-# define PRINTF_INTMAX_DEC_WIDTH PRINTF_INT32_DEC_WIDTH +-# endif +-#endif +- +-/* +- * Because this file currently only supports platforms which have +- * precise powers of 2 as bit sizes for the default integers, the +- * least definitions are all trivial. Its possible that a future +- * version of this file could have different definitions. +- */ +- +-#ifndef stdint_least_defined +- typedef int8_t int_least8_t; +- typedef uint8_t uint_least8_t; +- typedef int16_t int_least16_t; +- typedef uint16_t uint_least16_t; +- typedef int32_t int_least32_t; +- typedef uint32_t uint_least32_t; +-# define PRINTF_LEAST32_MODIFIER PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER +-# define PRINTF_LEAST16_MODIFIER PRINTF_INT16_MODIFIER +-# define UINT_LEAST8_MAX UINT8_MAX +-# define INT_LEAST8_MAX INT8_MAX +-# define UINT_LEAST16_MAX UINT16_MAX +-# define INT_LEAST16_MAX INT16_MAX +-# define UINT_LEAST32_MAX UINT32_MAX +-# define INT_LEAST32_MAX INT32_MAX +-# define INT_LEAST8_MIN INT8_MIN +-# define INT_LEAST16_MIN INT16_MIN +-# define INT_LEAST32_MIN INT32_MIN +-# ifdef stdint_int64_defined +- typedef int64_t int_least64_t; +- typedef uint64_t uint_least64_t; +-# define PRINTF_LEAST64_MODIFIER PRINTF_INT64_MODIFIER +-# define UINT_LEAST64_MAX UINT64_MAX +-# define INT_LEAST64_MAX INT64_MAX +-# define INT_LEAST64_MIN INT64_MIN +-# endif +-#endif +-#undef stdint_least_defined +- +-/* +- * The ANSI C committee has defined *int*_fast*_t types as well. This, +- * of course, defies rationality -- you can't know what will be fast +- * just from the type itself. Even for a given architecture, compatible +- * implementations might have different performance characteristics. +- * Developers are warned to stay away from these types when using this +- * or any other stdint.h. +- */ +- +-typedef int_least8_t int_fast8_t; +-typedef uint_least8_t uint_fast8_t; +-typedef int_least16_t int_fast16_t; +-typedef uint_least16_t uint_fast16_t; +-typedef int_least32_t int_fast32_t; +-typedef uint_least32_t uint_fast32_t; +-#define UINT_FAST8_MAX UINT_LEAST8_MAX +-#define INT_FAST8_MAX INT_LEAST8_MAX +-#define UINT_FAST16_MAX UINT_LEAST16_MAX +-#define INT_FAST16_MAX INT_LEAST16_MAX +-#define UINT_FAST32_MAX UINT_LEAST32_MAX +-#define INT_FAST32_MAX INT_LEAST32_MAX +-#define INT_FAST8_MIN INT_LEAST8_MIN +-#define INT_FAST16_MIN INT_LEAST16_MIN +-#define INT_FAST32_MIN INT_LEAST32_MIN +-#ifdef stdint_int64_defined +- typedef int_least64_t int_fast64_t; +- typedef uint_least64_t uint_fast64_t; +-# define UINT_FAST64_MAX UINT_LEAST64_MAX +-# define INT_FAST64_MAX INT_LEAST64_MAX +-# define INT_FAST64_MIN INT_LEAST64_MIN +-#endif +- +-#undef stdint_int64_defined +- +-/* +- * Whatever piecemeal, per compiler thing we can do about the wchar_t +- * type limits. +- */ +- +-#if defined(__WATCOMC__) || defined(_MSC_VER) || defined (__GNUC__) && !defined(vxWorks) +-# include +-# ifndef WCHAR_MIN +-# define WCHAR_MIN 0 +-# endif +-# ifndef WCHAR_MAX +-# define WCHAR_MAX ((wchar_t)-1) +-# endif +-#endif +- +-/* +- * Whatever piecemeal, per compiler/platform thing we can do about the +- * (u)intptr_t types and limits. +- */ +- +-#if (defined (_MSC_VER) && defined (_UINTPTR_T_DEFINED)) || defined (_UINTPTR_T) +-# define STDINT_H_UINTPTR_T_DEFINED +-#endif +- +-#ifndef STDINT_H_UINTPTR_T_DEFINED +-# if defined (__alpha__) || defined (__ia64__) || defined (__x86_64__) || defined (_WIN64) || defined (__ppc64__) +-# define stdint_intptr_bits 64 +-# elif defined (__WATCOMC__) || defined (__TURBOC__) +-# if defined(__TINY__) || defined(__SMALL__) || defined(__MEDIUM__) +-# define stdint_intptr_bits 16 +-# else +-# define stdint_intptr_bits 32 +-# endif +-# elif defined (__i386__) || defined (_WIN32) || defined (WIN32) || defined (__ppc64__) +-# define stdint_intptr_bits 32 +-# elif defined (__INTEL_COMPILER) +-/* TODO -- what did Intel do about x86-64? */ +-# else +-/* #error "This platform might not be supported yet" */ +-# endif +- +-# ifdef stdint_intptr_bits +-# define stdint_intptr_glue3_i(a,b,c) a##b##c +-# define stdint_intptr_glue3(a,b,c) stdint_intptr_glue3_i(a,b,c) +-# ifndef PRINTF_INTPTR_MODIFIER +-# define PRINTF_INTPTR_MODIFIER stdint_intptr_glue3(PRINTF_INT,stdint_intptr_bits,_MODIFIER) +-# endif +-# ifndef PTRDIFF_MAX +-# define PTRDIFF_MAX stdint_intptr_glue3(INT,stdint_intptr_bits,_MAX) +-# endif +-# ifndef PTRDIFF_MIN +-# define PTRDIFF_MIN stdint_intptr_glue3(INT,stdint_intptr_bits,_MIN) +-# endif +-# ifndef UINTPTR_MAX +-# define UINTPTR_MAX stdint_intptr_glue3(UINT,stdint_intptr_bits,_MAX) +-# endif +-# ifndef INTPTR_MAX +-# define INTPTR_MAX stdint_intptr_glue3(INT,stdint_intptr_bits,_MAX) +-# endif +-# ifndef INTPTR_MIN +-# define INTPTR_MIN stdint_intptr_glue3(INT,stdint_intptr_bits,_MIN) +-# endif +-# ifndef INTPTR_C +-# define INTPTR_C(x) stdint_intptr_glue3(INT,stdint_intptr_bits,_C)(x) +-# endif +-# ifndef UINTPTR_C +-# define UINTPTR_C(x) stdint_intptr_glue3(UINT,stdint_intptr_bits,_C)(x) +-# endif +- typedef stdint_intptr_glue3(uint,stdint_intptr_bits,_t) uintptr_t; +- typedef stdint_intptr_glue3( int,stdint_intptr_bits,_t) intptr_t; +-# else +-/* TODO -- This following is likely wrong for some platforms, and does +- nothing for the definition of uintptr_t. */ +- typedef ptrdiff_t intptr_t; +-# endif +-# define STDINT_H_UINTPTR_T_DEFINED +-#endif +- +-/* +- * Assumes sig_atomic_t is signed and we have a 2s complement machine. +- */ +- +-#ifndef SIG_ATOMIC_MAX +-# define SIG_ATOMIC_MAX ((((sig_atomic_t) 1) << (sizeof (sig_atomic_t)*CHAR_BIT-1)) - 1) +-#endif +- +-#endif +- +-#if defined (__TEST_PSTDINT_FOR_CORRECTNESS) +- +-/* +- * Please compile with the maximum warning settings to make sure macros are +- * not defined more than once. +- */ +- +-#include +-#include +-#include +- +-#define glue3_aux(x,y,z) x ## y ## z +-#define glue3(x,y,z) glue3_aux(x,y,z) +- +-#define DECLU(bits) glue3(uint,bits,_t) glue3(u,bits,) = glue3(UINT,bits,_C) (0); +-#define DECLI(bits) glue3(int,bits,_t) glue3(i,bits,) = glue3(INT,bits,_C) (0); +- +-#define DECL(us,bits) glue3(DECL,us,) (bits) +- +-#define TESTUMAX(bits) glue3(u,bits,) = ~glue3(u,bits,); if (glue3(UINT,bits,_MAX) != glue3(u,bits,)) printf ("Something wrong with UINT%d_MAX\n", bits) +- +-#define REPORTERROR(msg) { err_n++; if (err_first <= 0) err_first = __LINE__; printf msg; } +- +-#define X_SIZE_MAX ((size_t)-1) +- +-int main () { +- int err_n = 0; +- int err_first = 0; +- DECL(I,8) +- DECL(U,8) +- DECL(I,16) +- DECL(U,16) +- DECL(I,32) +- DECL(U,32) +-#ifdef INT64_MAX +- DECL(I,64) +- DECL(U,64) +-#endif +- intmax_t imax = INTMAX_C(0); +- uintmax_t umax = UINTMAX_C(0); +- char str0[256], str1[256]; +- +- sprintf (str0, "%" PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER "d", INT32_C(2147483647)); +- if (0 != strcmp (str0, "2147483647")) REPORTERROR (("Something wrong with PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER : %s\n", str0)); +- if (atoi(PRINTF_INT32_DEC_WIDTH) != (int) strlen(str0)) REPORTERROR (("Something wrong with PRINTF_INT32_DEC_WIDTH : %s\n", PRINTF_INT32_DEC_WIDTH)); +- sprintf (str0, "%" PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER "u", UINT32_C(4294967295)); +- if (0 != strcmp (str0, "4294967295")) REPORTERROR (("Something wrong with PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER : %s\n", str0)); +- if (atoi(PRINTF_UINT32_DEC_WIDTH) != (int) strlen(str0)) REPORTERROR (("Something wrong with PRINTF_UINT32_DEC_WIDTH : %s\n", PRINTF_UINT32_DEC_WIDTH)); +-#ifdef INT64_MAX +- sprintf (str1, "%" PRINTF_INT64_MODIFIER "d", INT64_C(9223372036854775807)); +- if (0 != strcmp (str1, "9223372036854775807")) REPORTERROR (("Something wrong with PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER : %s\n", str1)); +- if (atoi(PRINTF_INT64_DEC_WIDTH) != (int) strlen(str1)) REPORTERROR (("Something wrong with PRINTF_INT64_DEC_WIDTH : %s, %d\n", PRINTF_INT64_DEC_WIDTH, (int) strlen(str1))); +- sprintf (str1, "%" PRINTF_INT64_MODIFIER "u", UINT64_C(18446744073709550591)); +- if (0 != strcmp (str1, "18446744073709550591")) REPORTERROR (("Something wrong with PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER : %s\n", str1)); +- if (atoi(PRINTF_UINT64_DEC_WIDTH) != (int) strlen(str1)) REPORTERROR (("Something wrong with PRINTF_UINT64_DEC_WIDTH : %s, %d\n", PRINTF_UINT64_DEC_WIDTH, (int) strlen(str1))); +-#endif +- +- sprintf (str0, "%d %x\n", 0, ~0); +- +- sprintf (str1, "%d %x\n", i8, ~0); +- if (0 != strcmp (str0, str1)) REPORTERROR (("Something wrong with i8 : %s\n", str1)); +- sprintf (str1, "%u %x\n", u8, ~0); +- if (0 != strcmp (str0, str1)) REPORTERROR (("Something wrong with u8 : %s\n", str1)); +- sprintf (str1, "%d %x\n", i16, ~0); +- if (0 != strcmp (str0, str1)) REPORTERROR (("Something wrong with i16 : %s\n", str1)); +- sprintf (str1, "%u %x\n", u16, ~0); +- if (0 != strcmp (str0, str1)) REPORTERROR (("Something wrong with u16 : %s\n", str1)); +- sprintf (str1, "%" PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER "d %x\n", i32, ~0); +- if (0 != strcmp (str0, str1)) REPORTERROR (("Something wrong with i32 : %s\n", str1)); +- sprintf (str1, "%" PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER "u %x\n", u32, ~0); +- if (0 != strcmp (str0, str1)) REPORTERROR (("Something wrong with u32 : %s\n", str1)); +-#ifdef INT64_MAX +- sprintf (str1, "%" PRINTF_INT64_MODIFIER "d %x\n", i64, ~0); +- if (0 != strcmp (str0, str1)) REPORTERROR (("Something wrong with i64 : %s\n", str1)); +-#endif +- sprintf (str1, "%" PRINTF_INTMAX_MODIFIER "d %x\n", imax, ~0); +- if (0 != strcmp (str0, str1)) REPORTERROR (("Something wrong with imax : %s\n", str1)); +- sprintf (str1, "%" PRINTF_INTMAX_MODIFIER "u %x\n", umax, ~0); +- if (0 != strcmp (str0, str1)) REPORTERROR (("Something wrong with umax : %s\n", str1)); +- +- TESTUMAX(8); +- TESTUMAX(16); +- TESTUMAX(32); +-#ifdef INT64_MAX +- TESTUMAX(64); +-#endif +- +-#define STR(v) #v +-#define Q(v) printf ("sizeof " STR(v) " = %u\n", (unsigned) sizeof (v)); +- if (err_n) { +- printf ("pstdint.h is not correct. Please use sizes below to correct it:\n"); +- } +- +- Q(int) +- Q(unsigned) +- Q(long int) +- Q(short int) +- Q(int8_t) +- Q(int16_t) +- Q(int32_t) +-#ifdef INT64_MAX +- Q(int64_t) +-#endif +- +-#if UINT_MAX < X_SIZE_MAX +- printf ("UINT_MAX < X_SIZE_MAX\n"); +-#else +- printf ("UINT_MAX >= X_SIZE_MAX\n"); +-#endif +- printf ("%" PRINTF_INT64_MODIFIER "u vs %" PRINTF_INT64_MODIFIER "u\n", UINT_MAX, X_SIZE_MAX); +- +- return EXIT_SUCCESS; +-} +- +-#endif ++/* A portable stdint.h ++ **************************************************************************** ++ * BSD License: ++ **************************************************************************** ++ * ++ * Copyright (c) 2005-2016 Paul Hsieh ++ * All rights reserved. ++ * ++ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without ++ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions ++ * are met: ++ * ++ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright ++ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. ++ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright ++ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the ++ * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. ++ * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products ++ * derived from this software without specific prior written permission. ++ * ++ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR ++ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES ++ * OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. ++ * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, ++ * INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT ++ * NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, ++ * DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY ++ * THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT ++ * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF ++ * THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. ++ * ++ **************************************************************************** ++ * ++ * Version 0.1.16.0 ++ * ++ * The ANSI C standard committee, for the C99 standard, specified the ++ * inclusion of a new standard include file called stdint.h. This is ++ * a very useful and long desired include file which contains several ++ * very precise definitions for integer scalar types that is critically ++ * important for making several classes of applications portable ++ * including cryptography, hashing, variable length integer libraries ++ * and so on. But for most developers its likely useful just for ++ * programming sanity. ++ * ++ * The problem is that some compiler vendors chose to ignore the C99 ++ * standard and some older compilers have no opportunity to be updated. ++ * Because of this situation, simply including stdint.h in your code ++ * makes it unportable. ++ * ++ * So that's what this file is all about. It's an attempt to build a ++ * single universal include file that works on as many platforms as ++ * possible to deliver what stdint.h is supposed to. Even compilers ++ * that already come with stdint.h can use this file instead without ++ * any loss of functionality. A few things that should be noted about ++ * this file: ++ * ++ * 1) It is not guaranteed to be portable and/or present an identical ++ * interface on all platforms. The extreme variability of the ++ * ANSI C standard makes this an impossibility right from the ++ * very get go. Its really only meant to be useful for the vast ++ * majority of platforms that possess the capability of ++ * implementing usefully and precisely defined, standard sized ++ * integer scalars. Systems which are not intrinsically 2s ++ * complement may produce invalid constants. ++ * ++ * 2) There is an unavoidable use of non-reserved symbols. ++ * ++ * 3) Other standard include files are invoked. ++ * ++ * 4) This file may come in conflict with future platforms that do ++ * include stdint.h. The hope is that one or the other can be ++ * used with no real difference. ++ * ++ * 5) In the current version, if your platform can't represent ++ * int32_t, int16_t and int8_t, it just dumps out with a compiler ++ * error. ++ * ++ * 6) 64 bit integers may or may not be defined. Test for their ++ * presence with the test: #ifdef INT64_MAX or #ifdef UINT64_MAX. ++ * Note that this is different from the C99 specification which ++ * requires the existence of 64 bit support in the compiler. If ++ * this is not defined for your platform, yet it is capable of ++ * dealing with 64 bits then it is because this file has not yet ++ * been extended to cover all of your system's capabilities. ++ * ++ * 7) (u)intptr_t may or may not be defined. Test for its presence ++ * with the test: #ifdef PTRDIFF_MAX. If this is not defined ++ * for your platform, then it is because this file has not yet ++ * been extended to cover all of your system's capabilities, not ++ * because its optional. ++ * ++ * 8) The following might not been defined even if your platform is ++ * capable of defining it: ++ * ++ * WCHAR_MIN ++ * WCHAR_MAX ++ * (u)int64_t ++ * PTRDIFF_MIN ++ * PTRDIFF_MAX ++ * (u)intptr_t ++ * ++ * 9) The following have not been defined: ++ * ++ * WINT_MIN ++ * WINT_MAX ++ * ++ * 10) The criteria for defining (u)int_least(*)_t isn't clear, ++ * except for systems which don't have a type that precisely ++ * defined 8, 16, or 32 bit types (which this include file does ++ * not support anyways). Default definitions have been given. ++ * ++ * 11) The criteria for defining (u)int_fast(*)_t isn't something I ++ * would trust to any particular compiler vendor or the ANSI C ++ * committee. It is well known that "compatible systems" are ++ * commonly created that have very different performance ++ * characteristics from the systems they are compatible with, ++ * especially those whose vendors make both the compiler and the ++ * system. Default definitions have been given, but its strongly ++ * recommended that users never use these definitions for any ++ * reason (they do *NOT* deliver any serious guarantee of ++ * improved performance -- not in this file, nor any vendor's ++ * stdint.h). ++ * ++ * 12) The following macros: ++ * ++ * PRINTF_INTMAX_MODIFIER ++ * PRINTF_INT64_MODIFIER ++ * PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER ++ * PRINTF_INT16_MODIFIER ++ * PRINTF_LEAST64_MODIFIER ++ * PRINTF_LEAST32_MODIFIER ++ * PRINTF_LEAST16_MODIFIER ++ * PRINTF_INTPTR_MODIFIER ++ * ++ * are strings which have been defined as the modifiers required ++ * for the "d", "u" and "x" printf formats to correctly output ++ * (u)intmax_t, (u)int64_t, (u)int32_t, (u)int16_t, (u)least64_t, ++ * (u)least32_t, (u)least16_t and (u)intptr_t types respectively. ++ * PRINTF_INTPTR_MODIFIER is not defined for some systems which ++ * provide their own stdint.h. PRINTF_INT64_MODIFIER is not ++ * defined if INT64_MAX is not defined. These are an extension ++ * beyond what C99 specifies must be in stdint.h. ++ * ++ * In addition, the following macros are defined: ++ * ++ * PRINTF_INTMAX_HEX_WIDTH ++ * PRINTF_INT64_HEX_WIDTH ++ * PRINTF_INT32_HEX_WIDTH ++ * PRINTF_INT16_HEX_WIDTH ++ * PRINTF_INT8_HEX_WIDTH ++ * PRINTF_INTMAX_DEC_WIDTH ++ * PRINTF_INT64_DEC_WIDTH ++ * PRINTF_INT32_DEC_WIDTH ++ * PRINTF_INT16_DEC_WIDTH ++ * PRINTF_UINT8_DEC_WIDTH ++ * PRINTF_UINTMAX_DEC_WIDTH ++ * PRINTF_UINT64_DEC_WIDTH ++ * PRINTF_UINT32_DEC_WIDTH ++ * PRINTF_UINT16_DEC_WIDTH ++ * PRINTF_UINT8_DEC_WIDTH ++ * ++ * Which specifies the maximum number of characters required to ++ * print the number of that type in either hexadecimal or decimal. ++ * These are an extension beyond what C99 specifies must be in ++ * stdint.h. ++ * ++ * Compilers tested (all with 0 warnings at their highest respective ++ * settings): Borland Turbo C 2.0, WATCOM C/C++ 11.0 (16 bits and 32 ++ * bits), Microsoft Visual C++ 6.0 (32 bit), Microsoft Visual Studio ++ * .net (VC7), Intel C++ 4.0, GNU gcc v3.3.3 ++ * ++ * This file should be considered a work in progress. Suggestions for ++ * improvements, especially those which increase coverage are strongly ++ * encouraged. ++ * ++ * Acknowledgements ++ * ++ * The following people have made significant contributions to the ++ * development and testing of this file: ++ * ++ * Chris Howie ++ * John Steele Scott ++ * Dave Thorup ++ * John Dill ++ * Florian Wobbe ++ * Christopher Sean Morrison ++ * Mikkel Fahnoe Jorgensen ++ * ++ */ ++ ++#include ++#include ++#include ++ ++/* ++ * For gcc with _STDINT_H, fill in the PRINTF_INT*_MODIFIER macros, and ++ * do nothing else. On the Mac OS X version of gcc this is _STDINT_H_. ++ */ ++ ++#if ((defined(__SUNPRO_C) && __SUNPRO_C >= 0x570) || (defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER >= 1600) || (defined(__STDC__) && __STDC__ && defined(__STDC_VERSION__) && __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L) || (defined (__WATCOMC__) && (defined (_STDINT_H_INCLUDED) || __WATCOMC__ >= 1250)) || (defined(__GNUC__) && (__GNUC__ > 3 || defined(_STDINT_H) || defined(_STDINT_H_) || defined (__UINT_FAST64_TYPE__)) )) && !defined (_PSTDINT_H_INCLUDED) ++#include ++#define _PSTDINT_H_INCLUDED ++# if defined(__GNUC__) && (defined(__x86_64__) || defined(__ppc64__)) && !(defined(__APPLE__) && defined(__MACH__)) ++# ifndef PRINTF_INT64_MODIFIER ++# define PRINTF_INT64_MODIFIER "l" ++# endif ++# ifndef PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER ++# define PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER "" ++# endif ++# else ++# ifndef PRINTF_INT64_MODIFIER ++# define PRINTF_INT64_MODIFIER "ll" ++# endif ++# ifndef PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER ++# if (UINT_MAX == UINT32_MAX) ++# define PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER "" ++# else ++# define PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER "l" ++# endif ++# endif ++# endif ++# ifndef PRINTF_INT16_MODIFIER ++# define PRINTF_INT16_MODIFIER "h" ++# endif ++# ifndef PRINTF_INTMAX_MODIFIER ++# define PRINTF_INTMAX_MODIFIER PRINTF_INT64_MODIFIER ++# endif ++# ifndef PRINTF_INT64_HEX_WIDTH ++# define PRINTF_INT64_HEX_WIDTH "16" ++# endif ++# ifndef PRINTF_UINT64_HEX_WIDTH ++# define PRINTF_UINT64_HEX_WIDTH "16" ++# endif ++# ifndef PRINTF_INT32_HEX_WIDTH ++# define PRINTF_INT32_HEX_WIDTH "8" ++# endif ++# ifndef PRINTF_UINT32_HEX_WIDTH ++# define PRINTF_UINT32_HEX_WIDTH "8" ++# endif ++# ifndef PRINTF_INT16_HEX_WIDTH ++# define PRINTF_INT16_HEX_WIDTH "4" ++# endif ++# ifndef PRINTF_UINT16_HEX_WIDTH ++# define PRINTF_UINT16_HEX_WIDTH "4" ++# endif ++# ifndef PRINTF_INT8_HEX_WIDTH ++# define PRINTF_INT8_HEX_WIDTH "2" ++# endif ++# ifndef PRINTF_UINT8_HEX_WIDTH ++# define PRINTF_UINT8_HEX_WIDTH "2" ++# endif ++# ifndef PRINTF_INT64_DEC_WIDTH ++# define PRINTF_INT64_DEC_WIDTH "19" ++# endif ++# ifndef PRINTF_UINT64_DEC_WIDTH ++# define PRINTF_UINT64_DEC_WIDTH "20" ++# endif ++# ifndef PRINTF_INT32_DEC_WIDTH ++# define PRINTF_INT32_DEC_WIDTH "10" ++# endif ++# ifndef PRINTF_UINT32_DEC_WIDTH ++# define PRINTF_UINT32_DEC_WIDTH "10" ++# endif ++# ifndef PRINTF_INT16_DEC_WIDTH ++# define PRINTF_INT16_DEC_WIDTH "5" ++# endif ++# ifndef PRINTF_UINT16_DEC_WIDTH ++# define PRINTF_UINT16_DEC_WIDTH "5" ++# endif ++# ifndef PRINTF_INT8_DEC_WIDTH ++# define PRINTF_INT8_DEC_WIDTH "3" ++# endif ++# ifndef PRINTF_UINT8_DEC_WIDTH ++# define PRINTF_UINT8_DEC_WIDTH "3" ++# endif ++# ifndef PRINTF_INTMAX_HEX_WIDTH ++# define PRINTF_INTMAX_HEX_WIDTH PRINTF_UINT64_HEX_WIDTH ++# endif ++# ifndef PRINTF_UINTMAX_HEX_WIDTH ++# define PRINTF_UINTMAX_HEX_WIDTH PRINTF_UINT64_HEX_WIDTH ++# endif ++# ifndef PRINTF_INTMAX_DEC_WIDTH ++# define PRINTF_INTMAX_DEC_WIDTH PRINTF_UINT64_DEC_WIDTH ++# endif ++# ifndef PRINTF_UINTMAX_DEC_WIDTH ++# define PRINTF_UINTMAX_DEC_WIDTH PRINTF_UINT64_DEC_WIDTH ++# endif ++ ++/* ++ * Something really weird is going on with Open Watcom. Just pull some of ++ * these duplicated definitions from Open Watcom's stdint.h file for now. ++ */ ++ ++# if defined (__WATCOMC__) && __WATCOMC__ >= 1250 ++# if !defined (INT64_C) ++# define INT64_C(x) (x + (INT64_MAX - INT64_MAX)) ++# endif ++# if !defined (UINT64_C) ++# define UINT64_C(x) (x + (UINT64_MAX - UINT64_MAX)) ++# endif ++# if !defined (INT32_C) ++# define INT32_C(x) (x + (INT32_MAX - INT32_MAX)) ++# endif ++# if !defined (UINT32_C) ++# define UINT32_C(x) (x + (UINT32_MAX - UINT32_MAX)) ++# endif ++# if !defined (INT16_C) ++# define INT16_C(x) (x) ++# endif ++# if !defined (UINT16_C) ++# define UINT16_C(x) (x) ++# endif ++# if !defined (INT8_C) ++# define INT8_C(x) (x) ++# endif ++# if !defined (UINT8_C) ++# define UINT8_C(x) (x) ++# endif ++# if !defined (UINT64_MAX) ++# define UINT64_MAX 18446744073709551615ULL ++# endif ++# if !defined (INT64_MAX) ++# define INT64_MAX 9223372036854775807LL ++# endif ++# if !defined (UINT32_MAX) ++# define UINT32_MAX 4294967295UL ++# endif ++# if !defined (INT32_MAX) ++# define INT32_MAX 2147483647L ++# endif ++# if !defined (INTMAX_MAX) ++# define INTMAX_MAX INT64_MAX ++# endif ++# if !defined (INTMAX_MIN) ++# define INTMAX_MIN INT64_MIN ++# endif ++# endif ++#endif ++ ++/* ++ * I have no idea what is the truly correct thing to do on older Solaris. ++ * From some online discussions, this seems to be what is being ++ * recommended. For people who actually are developing on older Solaris, ++ * what I would like to know is, does this define all of the relevant ++ * macros of a complete stdint.h? Remember, in pstdint.h 64 bit is ++ * considered optional. ++ */ ++ ++#if (defined(__SUNPRO_C) && __SUNPRO_C >= 0x420) && !defined(_PSTDINT_H_INCLUDED) ++#include ++#define _PSTDINT_H_INCLUDED ++#endif ++ ++#ifndef _PSTDINT_H_INCLUDED ++#define _PSTDINT_H_INCLUDED ++ ++#ifndef SIZE_MAX ++# define SIZE_MAX ((size_t)-1) ++#endif ++ ++/* ++ * Deduce the type assignments from limits.h under the assumption that ++ * integer sizes in bits are powers of 2, and follow the ANSI ++ * definitions. ++ */ ++ ++#ifndef UINT8_MAX ++# define UINT8_MAX 0xff ++#endif ++#if !defined(uint8_t) && !defined(_UINT8_T) && !defined(vxWorks) ++# if (UCHAR_MAX == UINT8_MAX) || defined (S_SPLINT_S) ++ typedef unsigned char uint8_t; ++# define UINT8_C(v) ((uint8_t) v) ++# else ++# error "Platform not supported" ++# endif ++#endif ++ ++#ifndef INT8_MAX ++# define INT8_MAX 0x7f ++#endif ++#ifndef INT8_MIN ++# define INT8_MIN INT8_C(0x80) ++#endif ++#if !defined(int8_t) && !defined(_INT8_T) && !defined(vxWorks) ++# if (SCHAR_MAX == INT8_MAX) || defined (S_SPLINT_S) ++ typedef signed char int8_t; ++# define INT8_C(v) ((int8_t) v) ++# else ++# error "Platform not supported" ++# endif ++#endif ++ ++#ifndef UINT16_MAX ++# define UINT16_MAX 0xffff ++#endif ++#if !defined(uint16_t) && !defined(_UINT16_T) && !defined(vxWorks) ++#if (UINT_MAX == UINT16_MAX) || defined (S_SPLINT_S) ++ typedef unsigned int uint16_t; ++# ifndef PRINTF_INT16_MODIFIER ++# define PRINTF_INT16_MODIFIER "" ++# endif ++# define UINT16_C(v) ((uint16_t) (v)) ++#elif (USHRT_MAX == UINT16_MAX) ++ typedef unsigned short uint16_t; ++# define UINT16_C(v) ((uint16_t) (v)) ++# ifndef PRINTF_INT16_MODIFIER ++# define PRINTF_INT16_MODIFIER "h" ++# endif ++#else ++#error "Platform not supported" ++#endif ++#endif ++ ++#ifndef INT16_MAX ++# define INT16_MAX 0x7fff ++#endif ++#ifndef INT16_MIN ++# define INT16_MIN INT16_C(0x8000) ++#endif ++#if !defined(int16_t) && !defined(_INT16_T) && !defined(vxWorks) ++#if (INT_MAX == INT16_MAX) || defined (S_SPLINT_S) ++ typedef signed int int16_t; ++# define INT16_C(v) ((int16_t) (v)) ++# ifndef PRINTF_INT16_MODIFIER ++# define PRINTF_INT16_MODIFIER "" ++# endif ++#elif (SHRT_MAX == INT16_MAX) ++ typedef signed short int16_t; ++# define INT16_C(v) ((int16_t) (v)) ++# ifndef PRINTF_INT16_MODIFIER ++# define PRINTF_INT16_MODIFIER "h" ++# endif ++#else ++#error "Platform not supported" ++#endif ++#endif ++ ++#ifndef UINT32_MAX ++# define UINT32_MAX (0xffffffffUL) ++#endif ++#if !defined(uint32_t) && !defined(_UINT32_T) && !defined(vxWorks) ++#if (ULONG_MAX == UINT32_MAX) || defined (S_SPLINT_S) ++ typedef unsigned long uint32_t; ++# define UINT32_C(v) v ## UL ++# ifndef PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER ++# define PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER "l" ++# endif ++#elif (UINT_MAX == UINT32_MAX) ++ typedef unsigned int uint32_t; ++# ifndef PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER ++# define PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER "" ++# endif ++# define UINT32_C(v) v ## U ++#elif (USHRT_MAX == UINT32_MAX) ++ typedef unsigned short uint32_t; ++# define UINT32_C(v) ((unsigned short) (v)) ++# ifndef PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER ++# define PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER "" ++# endif ++#else ++#error "Platform not supported" ++#endif ++#endif ++ ++#ifndef INT32_MAX ++# define INT32_MAX (0x7fffffffL) ++#endif ++#ifndef INT32_MIN ++# define INT32_MIN INT32_C(0x80000000) ++#endif ++#if !defined(int32_t) && !defined(_INT32_T) && !defined(vxWorks) ++#if (LONG_MAX == INT32_MAX) || defined (S_SPLINT_S) ++ typedef signed long int32_t; ++# define INT32_C(v) v ## L ++# ifndef PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER ++# define PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER "l" ++# endif ++#elif (INT_MAX == INT32_MAX) ++ typedef signed int int32_t; ++# define INT32_C(v) v ++# ifndef PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER ++# define PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER "" ++# endif ++#elif (SHRT_MAX == INT32_MAX) ++ typedef signed short int32_t; ++# define INT32_C(v) ((short) (v)) ++# ifndef PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER ++# define PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER "" ++# endif ++#else ++#error "Platform not supported" ++#endif ++#endif ++ ++/* ++ * The macro stdint_int64_defined is temporarily used to record ++ * whether or not 64 integer support is available. It must be ++ * defined for any 64 integer extensions for new platforms that are ++ * added. ++ */ ++ ++#undef stdint_int64_defined ++#if (defined(__STDC__) && defined(__STDC_VERSION__)) || defined (S_SPLINT_S) ++# if (__STDC__ && __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L) || defined (S_SPLINT_S) ++# define stdint_int64_defined ++ typedef long long int64_t; ++ typedef unsigned long long uint64_t; ++# define UINT64_C(v) v ## ULL ++# define INT64_C(v) v ## LL ++# ifndef PRINTF_INT64_MODIFIER ++# define PRINTF_INT64_MODIFIER "ll" ++# endif ++# endif ++#endif ++ ++#if !defined (stdint_int64_defined) ++# if defined(__GNUC__) && !defined(vxWorks) ++# define stdint_int64_defined ++ __extension__ typedef long long int64_t; ++ __extension__ typedef unsigned long long uint64_t; ++# define UINT64_C(v) v ## ULL ++# define INT64_C(v) v ## LL ++# ifndef PRINTF_INT64_MODIFIER ++# define PRINTF_INT64_MODIFIER "ll" ++# endif ++# elif defined(__MWERKS__) || defined (__SUNPRO_C) || defined (__SUNPRO_CC) || defined (__APPLE_CC__) || defined (_LONG_LONG) || defined (_CRAYC) || defined (S_SPLINT_S) ++# define stdint_int64_defined ++ typedef long long int64_t; ++ typedef unsigned long long uint64_t; ++# define UINT64_C(v) v ## ULL ++# define INT64_C(v) v ## LL ++# ifndef PRINTF_INT64_MODIFIER ++# define PRINTF_INT64_MODIFIER "ll" ++# endif ++# elif (defined(__WATCOMC__) && defined(__WATCOM_INT64__)) || (defined(_MSC_VER) && _INTEGRAL_MAX_BITS >= 64) || (defined (__BORLANDC__) && __BORLANDC__ > 0x460) || defined (__alpha) || defined (__DECC) ++# define stdint_int64_defined ++ typedef __int64 int64_t; ++ typedef unsigned __int64 uint64_t; ++# define UINT64_C(v) v ## UI64 ++# define INT64_C(v) v ## I64 ++# ifndef PRINTF_INT64_MODIFIER ++# define PRINTF_INT64_MODIFIER "I64" ++# endif ++# endif ++#endif ++ ++#if !defined (LONG_LONG_MAX) && defined (INT64_C) ++# define LONG_LONG_MAX INT64_C (9223372036854775807) ++#endif ++#ifndef ULONG_LONG_MAX ++# define ULONG_LONG_MAX UINT64_C (18446744073709551615) ++#endif ++ ++#if !defined (INT64_MAX) && defined (INT64_C) ++# define INT64_MAX INT64_C (9223372036854775807) ++#endif ++#if !defined (INT64_MIN) && defined (INT64_C) ++# define INT64_MIN INT64_C (-9223372036854775808) ++#endif ++#if !defined (UINT64_MAX) && defined (INT64_C) ++# define UINT64_MAX UINT64_C (18446744073709551615) ++#endif ++ ++/* ++ * Width of hexadecimal for number field. ++ */ ++ ++#ifndef PRINTF_INT64_HEX_WIDTH ++# define PRINTF_INT64_HEX_WIDTH "16" ++#endif ++#ifndef PRINTF_INT32_HEX_WIDTH ++# define PRINTF_INT32_HEX_WIDTH "8" ++#endif ++#ifndef PRINTF_INT16_HEX_WIDTH ++# define PRINTF_INT16_HEX_WIDTH "4" ++#endif ++#ifndef PRINTF_INT8_HEX_WIDTH ++# define PRINTF_INT8_HEX_WIDTH "2" ++#endif ++#ifndef PRINTF_INT64_DEC_WIDTH ++# define PRINTF_INT64_DEC_WIDTH "19" ++#endif ++#ifndef PRINTF_INT32_DEC_WIDTH ++# define PRINTF_INT32_DEC_WIDTH "10" ++#endif ++#ifndef PRINTF_INT16_DEC_WIDTH ++# define PRINTF_INT16_DEC_WIDTH "5" ++#endif ++#ifndef PRINTF_INT8_DEC_WIDTH ++# define PRINTF_INT8_DEC_WIDTH "3" ++#endif ++#ifndef PRINTF_UINT64_DEC_WIDTH ++# define PRINTF_UINT64_DEC_WIDTH "20" ++#endif ++#ifndef PRINTF_UINT32_DEC_WIDTH ++# define PRINTF_UINT32_DEC_WIDTH "10" ++#endif ++#ifndef PRINTF_UINT16_DEC_WIDTH ++# define PRINTF_UINT16_DEC_WIDTH "5" ++#endif ++#ifndef PRINTF_UINT8_DEC_WIDTH ++# define PRINTF_UINT8_DEC_WIDTH "3" ++#endif ++ ++/* ++ * Ok, lets not worry about 128 bit integers for now. Moore's law says ++ * we don't need to worry about that until about 2040 at which point ++ * we'll have bigger things to worry about. ++ */ ++ ++#ifdef stdint_int64_defined ++ typedef int64_t intmax_t; ++ typedef uint64_t uintmax_t; ++# define INTMAX_MAX INT64_MAX ++# define INTMAX_MIN INT64_MIN ++# define UINTMAX_MAX UINT64_MAX ++# define UINTMAX_C(v) UINT64_C(v) ++# define INTMAX_C(v) INT64_C(v) ++# ifndef PRINTF_INTMAX_MODIFIER ++# define PRINTF_INTMAX_MODIFIER PRINTF_INT64_MODIFIER ++# endif ++# ifndef PRINTF_INTMAX_HEX_WIDTH ++# define PRINTF_INTMAX_HEX_WIDTH PRINTF_INT64_HEX_WIDTH ++# endif ++# ifndef PRINTF_INTMAX_DEC_WIDTH ++# define PRINTF_INTMAX_DEC_WIDTH PRINTF_INT64_DEC_WIDTH ++# endif ++#else ++ typedef int32_t intmax_t; ++ typedef uint32_t uintmax_t; ++# define INTMAX_MAX INT32_MAX ++# define UINTMAX_MAX UINT32_MAX ++# define UINTMAX_C(v) UINT32_C(v) ++# define INTMAX_C(v) INT32_C(v) ++# ifndef PRINTF_INTMAX_MODIFIER ++# define PRINTF_INTMAX_MODIFIER PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER ++# endif ++# ifndef PRINTF_INTMAX_HEX_WIDTH ++# define PRINTF_INTMAX_HEX_WIDTH PRINTF_INT32_HEX_WIDTH ++# endif ++# ifndef PRINTF_INTMAX_DEC_WIDTH ++# define PRINTF_INTMAX_DEC_WIDTH PRINTF_INT32_DEC_WIDTH ++# endif ++#endif ++ ++/* ++ * Because this file currently only supports platforms which have ++ * precise powers of 2 as bit sizes for the default integers, the ++ * least definitions are all trivial. Its possible that a future ++ * version of this file could have different definitions. ++ */ ++ ++#ifndef stdint_least_defined ++ typedef int8_t int_least8_t; ++ typedef uint8_t uint_least8_t; ++ typedef int16_t int_least16_t; ++ typedef uint16_t uint_least16_t; ++ typedef int32_t int_least32_t; ++ typedef uint32_t uint_least32_t; ++# define PRINTF_LEAST32_MODIFIER PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER ++# define PRINTF_LEAST16_MODIFIER PRINTF_INT16_MODIFIER ++# define UINT_LEAST8_MAX UINT8_MAX ++# define INT_LEAST8_MAX INT8_MAX ++# define UINT_LEAST16_MAX UINT16_MAX ++# define INT_LEAST16_MAX INT16_MAX ++# define UINT_LEAST32_MAX UINT32_MAX ++# define INT_LEAST32_MAX INT32_MAX ++# define INT_LEAST8_MIN INT8_MIN ++# define INT_LEAST16_MIN INT16_MIN ++# define INT_LEAST32_MIN INT32_MIN ++# ifdef stdint_int64_defined ++ typedef int64_t int_least64_t; ++ typedef uint64_t uint_least64_t; ++# define PRINTF_LEAST64_MODIFIER PRINTF_INT64_MODIFIER ++# define UINT_LEAST64_MAX UINT64_MAX ++# define INT_LEAST64_MAX INT64_MAX ++# define INT_LEAST64_MIN INT64_MIN ++# endif ++#endif ++#undef stdint_least_defined ++ ++/* ++ * The ANSI C committee has defined *int*_fast*_t types as well. This, ++ * of course, defies rationality -- you can't know what will be fast ++ * just from the type itself. Even for a given architecture, compatible ++ * implementations might have different performance characteristics. ++ * Developers are warned to stay away from these types when using this ++ * or any other stdint.h. ++ */ ++ ++typedef int_least8_t int_fast8_t; ++typedef uint_least8_t uint_fast8_t; ++typedef int_least16_t int_fast16_t; ++typedef uint_least16_t uint_fast16_t; ++typedef int_least32_t int_fast32_t; ++typedef uint_least32_t uint_fast32_t; ++#define UINT_FAST8_MAX UINT_LEAST8_MAX ++#define INT_FAST8_MAX INT_LEAST8_MAX ++#define UINT_FAST16_MAX UINT_LEAST16_MAX ++#define INT_FAST16_MAX INT_LEAST16_MAX ++#define UINT_FAST32_MAX UINT_LEAST32_MAX ++#define INT_FAST32_MAX INT_LEAST32_MAX ++#define INT_FAST8_MIN INT_LEAST8_MIN ++#define INT_FAST16_MIN INT_LEAST16_MIN ++#define INT_FAST32_MIN INT_LEAST32_MIN ++#ifdef stdint_int64_defined ++ typedef int_least64_t int_fast64_t; ++ typedef uint_least64_t uint_fast64_t; ++# define UINT_FAST64_MAX UINT_LEAST64_MAX ++# define INT_FAST64_MAX INT_LEAST64_MAX ++# define INT_FAST64_MIN INT_LEAST64_MIN ++#endif ++ ++#undef stdint_int64_defined ++ ++/* ++ * Whatever piecemeal, per compiler thing we can do about the wchar_t ++ * type limits. ++ */ ++ ++#if defined(__WATCOMC__) || defined(_MSC_VER) || defined (__GNUC__) && !defined(vxWorks) ++# include ++# ifndef WCHAR_MIN ++# define WCHAR_MIN 0 ++# endif ++# ifndef WCHAR_MAX ++# define WCHAR_MAX ((wchar_t)-1) ++# endif ++#endif ++ ++/* ++ * Whatever piecemeal, per compiler/platform thing we can do about the ++ * (u)intptr_t types and limits. ++ */ ++ ++#if (defined (_MSC_VER) && defined (_UINTPTR_T_DEFINED)) || defined (_UINTPTR_T) ++# define STDINT_H_UINTPTR_T_DEFINED ++#endif ++ ++#ifndef STDINT_H_UINTPTR_T_DEFINED ++# if defined (__alpha__) || defined (__ia64__) || defined (__x86_64__) || defined (_WIN64) || defined (__ppc64__) ++# define stdint_intptr_bits 64 ++# elif defined (__WATCOMC__) || defined (__TURBOC__) ++# if defined(__TINY__) || defined(__SMALL__) || defined(__MEDIUM__) ++# define stdint_intptr_bits 16 ++# else ++# define stdint_intptr_bits 32 ++# endif ++# elif defined (__i386__) || defined (_WIN32) || defined (WIN32) || defined (__ppc64__) ++# define stdint_intptr_bits 32 ++# elif defined (__INTEL_COMPILER) ++/* TODO -- what did Intel do about x86-64? */ ++# else ++/* #error "This platform might not be supported yet" */ ++# endif ++ ++# ifdef stdint_intptr_bits ++# define stdint_intptr_glue3_i(a,b,c) a##b##c ++# define stdint_intptr_glue3(a,b,c) stdint_intptr_glue3_i(a,b,c) ++# ifndef PRINTF_INTPTR_MODIFIER ++# define PRINTF_INTPTR_MODIFIER stdint_intptr_glue3(PRINTF_INT,stdint_intptr_bits,_MODIFIER) ++# endif ++# ifndef PTRDIFF_MAX ++# define PTRDIFF_MAX stdint_intptr_glue3(INT,stdint_intptr_bits,_MAX) ++# endif ++# ifndef PTRDIFF_MIN ++# define PTRDIFF_MIN stdint_intptr_glue3(INT,stdint_intptr_bits,_MIN) ++# endif ++# ifndef UINTPTR_MAX ++# define UINTPTR_MAX stdint_intptr_glue3(UINT,stdint_intptr_bits,_MAX) ++# endif ++# ifndef INTPTR_MAX ++# define INTPTR_MAX stdint_intptr_glue3(INT,stdint_intptr_bits,_MAX) ++# endif ++# ifndef INTPTR_MIN ++# define INTPTR_MIN stdint_intptr_glue3(INT,stdint_intptr_bits,_MIN) ++# endif ++# ifndef INTPTR_C ++# define INTPTR_C(x) stdint_intptr_glue3(INT,stdint_intptr_bits,_C)(x) ++# endif ++# ifndef UINTPTR_C ++# define UINTPTR_C(x) stdint_intptr_glue3(UINT,stdint_intptr_bits,_C)(x) ++# endif ++ typedef stdint_intptr_glue3(uint,stdint_intptr_bits,_t) uintptr_t; ++ typedef stdint_intptr_glue3( int,stdint_intptr_bits,_t) intptr_t; ++# else ++/* TODO -- This following is likely wrong for some platforms, and does ++ nothing for the definition of uintptr_t. */ ++ typedef ptrdiff_t intptr_t; ++# endif ++# define STDINT_H_UINTPTR_T_DEFINED ++#endif ++ ++/* ++ * Assumes sig_atomic_t is signed and we have a 2s complement machine. ++ */ ++ ++#ifndef SIG_ATOMIC_MAX ++# define SIG_ATOMIC_MAX ((((sig_atomic_t) 1) << (sizeof (sig_atomic_t)*CHAR_BIT-1)) - 1) ++#endif ++ ++#endif ++ ++#if defined (__TEST_PSTDINT_FOR_CORRECTNESS) ++ ++/* ++ * Please compile with the maximum warning settings to make sure macros are ++ * not defined more than once. ++ */ ++ ++#include ++#include ++#include ++ ++#define glue3_aux(x,y,z) x ## y ## z ++#define glue3(x,y,z) glue3_aux(x,y,z) ++ ++#define DECLU(bits) glue3(uint,bits,_t) glue3(u,bits,) = glue3(UINT,bits,_C) (0); ++#define DECLI(bits) glue3(int,bits,_t) glue3(i,bits,) = glue3(INT,bits,_C) (0); ++ ++#define DECL(us,bits) glue3(DECL,us,) (bits) ++ ++#define TESTUMAX(bits) glue3(u,bits,) = ~glue3(u,bits,); if (glue3(UINT,bits,_MAX) != glue3(u,bits,)) printf ("Something wrong with UINT%d_MAX\n", bits) ++ ++#define REPORTERROR(msg) { err_n++; if (err_first <= 0) err_first = __LINE__; printf msg; } ++ ++#define X_SIZE_MAX ((size_t)-1) ++ ++int main () { ++ int err_n = 0; ++ int err_first = 0; ++ DECL(I,8) ++ DECL(U,8) ++ DECL(I,16) ++ DECL(U,16) ++ DECL(I,32) ++ DECL(U,32) ++#ifdef INT64_MAX ++ DECL(I,64) ++ DECL(U,64) ++#endif ++ intmax_t imax = INTMAX_C(0); ++ uintmax_t umax = UINTMAX_C(0); ++ char str0[256], str1[256]; ++ ++ sprintf (str0, "%" PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER "d", INT32_C(2147483647)); ++ if (0 != strcmp (str0, "2147483647")) REPORTERROR (("Something wrong with PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER : %s\n", str0)); ++ if (atoi(PRINTF_INT32_DEC_WIDTH) != (int) strlen(str0)) REPORTERROR (("Something wrong with PRINTF_INT32_DEC_WIDTH : %s\n", PRINTF_INT32_DEC_WIDTH)); ++ sprintf (str0, "%" PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER "u", UINT32_C(4294967295)); ++ if (0 != strcmp (str0, "4294967295")) REPORTERROR (("Something wrong with PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER : %s\n", str0)); ++ if (atoi(PRINTF_UINT32_DEC_WIDTH) != (int) strlen(str0)) REPORTERROR (("Something wrong with PRINTF_UINT32_DEC_WIDTH : %s\n", PRINTF_UINT32_DEC_WIDTH)); ++#ifdef INT64_MAX ++ sprintf (str1, "%" PRINTF_INT64_MODIFIER "d", INT64_C(9223372036854775807)); ++ if (0 != strcmp (str1, "9223372036854775807")) REPORTERROR (("Something wrong with PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER : %s\n", str1)); ++ if (atoi(PRINTF_INT64_DEC_WIDTH) != (int) strlen(str1)) REPORTERROR (("Something wrong with PRINTF_INT64_DEC_WIDTH : %s, %d\n", PRINTF_INT64_DEC_WIDTH, (int) strlen(str1))); ++ sprintf (str1, "%" PRINTF_INT64_MODIFIER "u", UINT64_C(18446744073709550591)); ++ if (0 != strcmp (str1, "18446744073709550591")) REPORTERROR (("Something wrong with PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER : %s\n", str1)); ++ if (atoi(PRINTF_UINT64_DEC_WIDTH) != (int) strlen(str1)) REPORTERROR (("Something wrong with PRINTF_UINT64_DEC_WIDTH : %s, %d\n", PRINTF_UINT64_DEC_WIDTH, (int) strlen(str1))); ++#endif ++ ++ sprintf (str0, "%d %x\n", 0, ~0); ++ ++ sprintf (str1, "%d %x\n", i8, ~0); ++ if (0 != strcmp (str0, str1)) REPORTERROR (("Something wrong with i8 : %s\n", str1)); ++ sprintf (str1, "%u %x\n", u8, ~0); ++ if (0 != strcmp (str0, str1)) REPORTERROR (("Something wrong with u8 : %s\n", str1)); ++ sprintf (str1, "%d %x\n", i16, ~0); ++ if (0 != strcmp (str0, str1)) REPORTERROR (("Something wrong with i16 : %s\n", str1)); ++ sprintf (str1, "%u %x\n", u16, ~0); ++ if (0 != strcmp (str0, str1)) REPORTERROR (("Something wrong with u16 : %s\n", str1)); ++ sprintf (str1, "%" PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER "d %x\n", i32, ~0); ++ if (0 != strcmp (str0, str1)) REPORTERROR (("Something wrong with i32 : %s\n", str1)); ++ sprintf (str1, "%" PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER "u %x\n", u32, ~0); ++ if (0 != strcmp (str0, str1)) REPORTERROR (("Something wrong with u32 : %s\n", str1)); ++#ifdef INT64_MAX ++ sprintf (str1, "%" PRINTF_INT64_MODIFIER "d %x\n", i64, ~0); ++ if (0 != strcmp (str0, str1)) REPORTERROR (("Something wrong with i64 : %s\n", str1)); ++#endif ++ sprintf (str1, "%" PRINTF_INTMAX_MODIFIER "d %x\n", imax, ~0); ++ if (0 != strcmp (str0, str1)) REPORTERROR (("Something wrong with imax : %s\n", str1)); ++ sprintf (str1, "%" PRINTF_INTMAX_MODIFIER "u %x\n", umax, ~0); ++ if (0 != strcmp (str0, str1)) REPORTERROR (("Something wrong with umax : %s\n", str1)); ++ ++ TESTUMAX(8); ++ TESTUMAX(16); ++ TESTUMAX(32); ++#ifdef INT64_MAX ++ TESTUMAX(64); ++#endif ++ ++#define STR(v) #v ++#define Q(v) printf ("sizeof " STR(v) " = %u\n", (unsigned) sizeof (v)); ++ if (err_n) { ++ printf ("pstdint.h is not correct. Please use sizes below to correct it:\n"); ++ } ++ ++ Q(int) ++ Q(unsigned) ++ Q(long int) ++ Q(short int) ++ Q(int8_t) ++ Q(int16_t) ++ Q(int32_t) ++#ifdef INT64_MAX ++ Q(int64_t) ++#endif ++ ++#if UINT_MAX < X_SIZE_MAX ++ printf ("UINT_MAX < X_SIZE_MAX\n"); ++#else ++ printf ("UINT_MAX >= X_SIZE_MAX\n"); ++#endif ++ printf ("%" PRINTF_INT64_MODIFIER "u vs %" PRINTF_INT64_MODIFIER "u\n", UINT_MAX, X_SIZE_MAX); ++ ++ return EXIT_SUCCESS; ++} ++ ++#endif +diff --git a/subprojects/vgmstream/fb2k/resource.h b/subprojects/vgmstream/fb2k/resource.h +index 8f7a2921..222c985c 100755 +--- a/subprojects/vgmstream/fb2k/resource.h ++++ b/subprojects/vgmstream/fb2k/resource.h +@@ -1,32 +1,32 @@ +-//{{NO_DEPENDENCIES}} +-// Microsoft Visual C++ generated include file. +-// Used by foo_input_vgmstream.rc +-// +- +-#define IDD_CONFIG 101 +-#define IDC_LOOP_COUNT 1000 +-#define IDC_FADE_SECONDS 1001 +-#define IDC_FADE_DELAY_SECONDS 1002 +-#define IDC_LOOP_NORMALLY 1003 +-#define IDC_LOOP_FOREVER 1004 +-#define IDC_IGNORE_LOOP 1005 +-#define IDC_THREAD_PRIORITY_SLIDER 1006 +-#define IDC_THREAD_PRIORITY_TEXT 1007 +-#define IDC_DEFAULT_BUTTON 1008 +-#define IDC_DISABLE_SUBSONGS 1009 +-#define IDC_DOWNMIX_CHANNELS 1010 +-#define IDC_TAGFILE_DISABLE 1011 +-#define IDC_OVERRIDE_TITLE 1012 +-#define IDC_EXTS_UNKNOWN_ON 1015 +-#define IDC_EXTS_COMMON_ON 1016 +- +-// Next default values for new objects +-// +-#ifdef APSTUDIO_INVOKED +-#ifndef APSTUDIO_READONLY_SYMBOLS +-#define _APS_NEXT_RESOURCE_VALUE 102 +-#define _APS_NEXT_COMMAND_VALUE 40001 +-#define _APS_NEXT_CONTROL_VALUE 1001 +-#define _APS_NEXT_SYMED_VALUE 101 +-#endif +-#endif ++//{{NO_DEPENDENCIES}} ++// Microsoft Visual C++ generated include file. ++// Used by foo_input_vgmstream.rc ++// ++ ++#define IDD_CONFIG 101 ++#define IDC_LOOP_COUNT 1000 ++#define IDC_FADE_SECONDS 1001 ++#define IDC_FADE_DELAY_SECONDS 1002 ++#define IDC_LOOP_NORMALLY 1003 ++#define IDC_LOOP_FOREVER 1004 ++#define IDC_IGNORE_LOOP 1005 ++#define IDC_THREAD_PRIORITY_SLIDER 1006 ++#define IDC_THREAD_PRIORITY_TEXT 1007 ++#define IDC_DEFAULT_BUTTON 1008 ++#define IDC_DISABLE_SUBSONGS 1009 ++#define IDC_DOWNMIX_CHANNELS 1010 ++#define IDC_TAGFILE_DISABLE 1011 ++#define IDC_OVERRIDE_TITLE 1012 ++#define IDC_EXTS_UNKNOWN_ON 1015 ++#define IDC_EXTS_COMMON_ON 1016 ++ ++// Next default values for new objects ++// ++#ifdef APSTUDIO_INVOKED ++#ifndef APSTUDIO_READONLY_SYMBOLS ++#define _APS_NEXT_RESOURCE_VALUE 102 ++#define _APS_NEXT_COMMAND_VALUE 40001 ++#define _APS_NEXT_CONTROL_VALUE 1001 ++#define _APS_NEXT_SYMED_VALUE 101 ++#endif ++#endif +diff --git a/subprojects/vgmstream/src/coding/vorbis_custom_decoder.h b/subprojects/vgmstream/src/coding/vorbis_custom_decoder.h +index b9d8ca8a..4c065a4e 100644 +--- a/subprojects/vgmstream/src/coding/vorbis_custom_decoder.h ++++ b/subprojects/vgmstream/src/coding/vorbis_custom_decoder.h +@@ -52,13 +52,13 @@ int vorbis_custom_parse_packet_ogl(VGMSTREAMCHANNEL* stream, vorbis_custom_codec + int vorbis_custom_parse_packet_sk(VGMSTREAMCHANNEL* stream, vorbis_custom_codec_data* data); + int vorbis_custom_parse_packet_vid1(VGMSTREAMCHANNEL* stream, vorbis_custom_codec_data* data); + int vorbis_custom_parse_packet_awc(VGMSTREAMCHANNEL* stream, vorbis_custom_codec_data* data); +-#endif/* VGM_USE_VORBIS */ + + /* other utils to make/parse vorbis stuff */ + int build_header_comment(uint8_t* buf, int bufsize); + int build_header_identification(uint8_t* buf, int bufsize, vorbis_custom_config* cfg); + void load_blocksizes(vorbis_custom_config* cfg, int blocksize_short, int blocksize_long); + bool load_header_packet(STREAMFILE* sf, vorbis_custom_codec_data* data, uint32_t packet_size, int packet_skip, uint32_t* p_offset); ++#endif/* VGM_USE_VORBIS */ + + + #endif/*_VORBIS_CUSTOM_DECODER_H_ */ +diff --git a/subprojects/vgmstream/src/meta/subprojects/vgmstream/awc_streamfile.h b/subprojects/vgmstream/src/meta/subprojects/vgmstream/awc_streamfile.h +index b05c5729..5b9ba021 100644 +--- a/subprojects/vgmstream/src/meta/subprojects/vgmstream/awc_streamfile.h ++++ b/subprojects/vgmstream/src/meta/subprojects/vgmstream/awc_streamfile.h +@@ -179,6 +179,7 @@ static uint32_t get_block_repeated_size(STREAMFILE* sf, awc_block_info_t* bi, in + /* when data repeats seems to clone the last (super-)frame */ + return bi->blk[channel].frame_size; + ++#ifdef VGM_USE_MPEG + case 0x07: { /* MPEG */ + /* first super-frame will repeat N VBR old sub-frames, without crossing frame_size. + * In GTA5 repeated sub-frames seems to match exactly repeated samples, while RDR seems to match 1 full frame (like RAGE-aud). +@@ -216,7 +217,7 @@ static uint32_t get_block_repeated_size(STREAMFILE* sf, awc_block_info_t* bi, in + + return skip_size; /* skip_size fills frame size */ + } +- ++#endif + case 0x0F: /* ATRAC9 */ + default: + VGM_LOG("AWC: found channel skip in codec %x\n", bi->codec); /* not seen */ +diff --git a/subprojects/vgmstream/src/meta/subprojects/vgmstream/rage_aud_streamfile.h b/subprojects/vgmstream/src/meta/subprojects/vgmstream/rage_aud_streamfile.h +index e1b915d8..9d22ad5a 100644 +--- a/subprojects/vgmstream/src/meta/subprojects/vgmstream/rage_aud_streamfile.h ++++ b/subprojects/vgmstream/src/meta/subprojects/vgmstream/rage_aud_streamfile.h +@@ -161,6 +161,7 @@ static uint32_t get_block_repeated_size(STREAMFILE* sf, rage_aud_block_info_t* b + /* when data repeats seems to clone the last super-frame */ + return bi->blk[channel].frame_size; + } ++#ifdef VGM_USE_MPEG + + case 0x0100: { /* MPEG */ + /* first super-frame will repeat N VBR old sub-frames, without crossing frame_size. +@@ -190,6 +191,7 @@ static uint32_t get_block_repeated_size(STREAMFILE* sf, rage_aud_block_info_t* b + return skip_size; /* skip_size fills frame size */ + } + ++#endif + default: + ;VGM_LOG("RAGE_AUD: found channel skip in codec %x\n", bi->codec); /* not seen */ + return 0; +diff --git a/subprojects/vgmstream/winamp/sdk/in2.h b/subprojects/vgmstream/winamp/sdk/in2.h +index a9416d6c..02a6c18e 100644 +--- a/subprojects/vgmstream/winamp/sdk/in2.h ++++ b/subprojects/vgmstream/winamp/sdk/in2.h +@@ -1,137 +1,137 @@ +-#ifndef NULLSOFT_WINAMP_IN2H +-#define NULLSOFT_WINAMP_IN2H +-#include "out.h" +- +-// note: exported symbol is now winampGetInModule2. +- +-#define IN_UNICODE 0x0F000000 +- +-#ifdef UNICODE_INPUT_PLUGIN +-#define in_char wchar_t +-#define IN_VER (IN_UNICODE | 0x100) +-#else +-#define in_char char +-#define IN_VER 0x100 +-#endif +- +-#define IN_MODULE_FLAG_USES_OUTPUT_PLUGIN 1 +-// By default, Winamp assumes that your input plugin wants to use Winamp's EQ, and doesn't do replay gain +-// if you handle any of these yourself (EQ, Replay Gain adjustments), then set these flags accordingly +-#define IN_MODULE_FLAG_EQ 2 // set this if you do your own EQ +-#define IN_MODULE_FLAG_REPLAYGAIN 8 // set this if you adjusted volume for replay gain +- // for tracks with no replay gain metadata, you should clear this flag +- // UNLESS you handle "non_replaygain" gain adjustment yourself +-#define IN_MODULE_FLAG_REPLAYGAIN_PREAMP 16 // use this if you queried for the replay gain preamp parameter and used it +- // this parameter is new to 5.54 +-typedef struct +-{ +- int version; // module type (IN_VER) +- char *description; // description of module, with version string +- +- HWND hMainWindow; // winamp's main window (filled in by winamp) +- HINSTANCE hDllInstance; // DLL instance handle (Also filled in by winamp) +- +- char *FileExtensions; // "mp3\0Layer 3 MPEG\0mp2\0Layer 2 MPEG\0mpg\0Layer 1 MPEG\0" +- // May be altered from Config, so the user can select what they want +- +- int is_seekable; // is this stream seekable? +- int UsesOutputPlug; // does this plug-in use the output plug-ins? (musn't ever change, ever :) +- // note that this has turned into a "flags" field +- // see IN_MODULE_FLAG_* +- +- void (*Config)(HWND hwndParent); // configuration dialog +- void (*About)(HWND hwndParent); // about dialog +- +- void (*Init)(); // called at program init +- void (*Quit)(); // called at program quit +- +-#define GETFILEINFO_TITLE_LENGTH 2048 +- void (*GetFileInfo)(const in_char *file, in_char *title, int *length_in_ms); // if file == NULL, current playing is used +- +-#define INFOBOX_EDITED 0 +-#define INFOBOX_UNCHANGED 1 +- int (*InfoBox)(const in_char *file, HWND hwndParent); +- +- int (*IsOurFile)(const in_char *fn); // called before extension checks, to allow detection of mms://, etc +- // playback stuff +- int (*Play)(const in_char *fn); // return zero on success, -1 on file-not-found, some other value on other (stopping winamp) error +- void (*Pause)(); // pause stream +- void (*UnPause)(); // unpause stream +- int (*IsPaused)(); // ispaused? return 1 if paused, 0 if not +- void (*Stop)(); // stop (unload) stream +- +- // time stuff +- int (*GetLength)(); // get length in ms +- int (*GetOutputTime)(); // returns current output time in ms. (usually returns outMod->GetOutputTime() +- void (*SetOutputTime)(int time_in_ms); // seeks to point in stream (in ms). Usually you signal your thread to seek, which seeks and calls outMod->Flush().. +- +- // volume stuff +- void (*SetVolume)(int volume); // from 0 to 255.. usually just call outMod->SetVolume +- void (*SetPan)(int pan); // from -127 to 127.. usually just call outMod->SetPan +- +- // in-window builtin vis stuff +- +- void (*SAVSAInit)(int maxlatency_in_ms, int srate); // call once in Play(). maxlatency_in_ms should be the value returned from outMod->Open() +- // call after opening audio device with max latency in ms and samplerate +- void (*SAVSADeInit)(); // call in Stop() +- +- +- // simple vis supplying mode +- void (*SAAddPCMData)(void *PCMData, int nch, int bps, int timestamp); +- // sets the spec data directly from PCM data +- // quick and easy way to get vis working :) +- // needs at least 576 samples :) +- +- // advanced vis supplying mode, only use if you're cool. Use SAAddPCMData for most stuff. +- int (*SAGetMode)(); // gets csa (the current type (4=ws,2=osc,1=spec)) +- // use when calling SAAdd() +- int (*SAAdd)(void *data, int timestamp, int csa); // sets the spec data, filled in by winamp +- +- +- // vis stuff (plug-in) +- // simple vis supplying mode +- void (*VSAAddPCMData)(void *PCMData, int nch, int bps, int timestamp); // sets the vis data directly from PCM data +- // quick and easy way to get vis working :) +- // needs at least 576 samples :) +- +- // advanced vis supplying mode, only use if you're cool. Use VSAAddPCMData for most stuff. +- int (*VSAGetMode)(int *specNch, int *waveNch); // use to figure out what to give to VSAAdd +- int (*VSAAdd)(void *data, int timestamp); // filled in by winamp, called by plug-in +- +- +- // call this in Play() to tell the vis plug-ins the current output params. +- void (*VSASetInfo)(int srate, int nch); // <-- Correct (benski, dec 2005).. old declaration had the params backwards +- +- +- // dsp plug-in processing: +- // (filled in by winamp, calld by input plug) +- +- // returns 1 if active (which means that the number of samples returned by dsp_dosamples +- // could be greater than went in.. Use it to estimate if you'll have enough room in the +- // output buffer +- int (*dsp_isactive)(); +- +- // returns number of samples to output. This can be as much as twice numsamples. +- // be sure to allocate enough buffer for samples, then. +- int (*dsp_dosamples)(short int *samples, int numsamples, int bps, int nch, int srate); +- +- +- // eq stuff +- void (*EQSet)(int on, char data[10], int preamp); // 0-64 each, 31 is +0, 0 is +12, 63 is -12. Do nothing to ignore. +- +- // info setting (filled in by winamp) +- void (*SetInfo)(int bitrate, int srate, int stereo, int synched); // if -1, changes ignored? :) +- +- Out_Module *outMod; // filled in by winamp, optionally used :) +-} In_Module; +- +-// return values from the winampUninstallPlugin(HINSTANCE hdll, HWND parent, int param) +-// which determine if we can uninstall the plugin immediately or on winamp restart +-// +-// uninstall support was added from 5.0+ and uninstall now support from 5.5+ +-// it is down to you to ensure that if uninstall now is returned that it will not cause a crash +-// (ie don't use if you've been subclassing the main window) +-#define IN_PLUGIN_UNINSTALL_NOW 0x1 +-#define IN_PLUGIN_UNINSTALL_REBOOT 0x0 +- +-#endif ++#ifndef NULLSOFT_WINAMP_IN2H ++#define NULLSOFT_WINAMP_IN2H ++#include "out.h" ++ ++// note: exported symbol is now winampGetInModule2. ++ ++#define IN_UNICODE 0x0F000000 ++ ++#ifdef UNICODE_INPUT_PLUGIN ++#define in_char wchar_t ++#define IN_VER (IN_UNICODE | 0x100) ++#else ++#define in_char char ++#define IN_VER 0x100 ++#endif ++ ++#define IN_MODULE_FLAG_USES_OUTPUT_PLUGIN 1 ++// By default, Winamp assumes that your input plugin wants to use Winamp's EQ, and doesn't do replay gain ++// if you handle any of these yourself (EQ, Replay Gain adjustments), then set these flags accordingly ++#define IN_MODULE_FLAG_EQ 2 // set this if you do your own EQ ++#define IN_MODULE_FLAG_REPLAYGAIN 8 // set this if you adjusted volume for replay gain ++ // for tracks with no replay gain metadata, you should clear this flag ++ // UNLESS you handle "non_replaygain" gain adjustment yourself ++#define IN_MODULE_FLAG_REPLAYGAIN_PREAMP 16 // use this if you queried for the replay gain preamp parameter and used it ++ // this parameter is new to 5.54 ++typedef struct ++{ ++ int version; // module type (IN_VER) ++ char *description; // description of module, with version string ++ ++ HWND hMainWindow; // winamp's main window (filled in by winamp) ++ HINSTANCE hDllInstance; // DLL instance handle (Also filled in by winamp) ++ ++ char *FileExtensions; // "mp3\0Layer 3 MPEG\0mp2\0Layer 2 MPEG\0mpg\0Layer 1 MPEG\0" ++ // May be altered from Config, so the user can select what they want ++ ++ int is_seekable; // is this stream seekable? ++ int UsesOutputPlug; // does this plug-in use the output plug-ins? (musn't ever change, ever :) ++ // note that this has turned into a "flags" field ++ // see IN_MODULE_FLAG_* ++ ++ void (*Config)(HWND hwndParent); // configuration dialog ++ void (*About)(HWND hwndParent); // about dialog ++ ++ void (*Init)(); // called at program init ++ void (*Quit)(); // called at program quit ++ ++#define GETFILEINFO_TITLE_LENGTH 2048 ++ void (*GetFileInfo)(const in_char *file, in_char *title, int *length_in_ms); // if file == NULL, current playing is used ++ ++#define INFOBOX_EDITED 0 ++#define INFOBOX_UNCHANGED 1 ++ int (*InfoBox)(const in_char *file, HWND hwndParent); ++ ++ int (*IsOurFile)(const in_char *fn); // called before extension checks, to allow detection of mms://, etc ++ // playback stuff ++ int (*Play)(const in_char *fn); // return zero on success, -1 on file-not-found, some other value on other (stopping winamp) error ++ void (*Pause)(); // pause stream ++ void (*UnPause)(); // unpause stream ++ int (*IsPaused)(); // ispaused? return 1 if paused, 0 if not ++ void (*Stop)(); // stop (unload) stream ++ ++ // time stuff ++ int (*GetLength)(); // get length in ms ++ int (*GetOutputTime)(); // returns current output time in ms. (usually returns outMod->GetOutputTime() ++ void (*SetOutputTime)(int time_in_ms); // seeks to point in stream (in ms). Usually you signal your thread to seek, which seeks and calls outMod->Flush().. ++ ++ // volume stuff ++ void (*SetVolume)(int volume); // from 0 to 255.. usually just call outMod->SetVolume ++ void (*SetPan)(int pan); // from -127 to 127.. usually just call outMod->SetPan ++ ++ // in-window builtin vis stuff ++ ++ void (*SAVSAInit)(int maxlatency_in_ms, int srate); // call once in Play(). maxlatency_in_ms should be the value returned from outMod->Open() ++ // call after opening audio device with max latency in ms and samplerate ++ void (*SAVSADeInit)(); // call in Stop() ++ ++ ++ // simple vis supplying mode ++ void (*SAAddPCMData)(void *PCMData, int nch, int bps, int timestamp); ++ // sets the spec data directly from PCM data ++ // quick and easy way to get vis working :) ++ // needs at least 576 samples :) ++ ++ // advanced vis supplying mode, only use if you're cool. Use SAAddPCMData for most stuff. ++ int (*SAGetMode)(); // gets csa (the current type (4=ws,2=osc,1=spec)) ++ // use when calling SAAdd() ++ int (*SAAdd)(void *data, int timestamp, int csa); // sets the spec data, filled in by winamp ++ ++ ++ // vis stuff (plug-in) ++ // simple vis supplying mode ++ void (*VSAAddPCMData)(void *PCMData, int nch, int bps, int timestamp); // sets the vis data directly from PCM data ++ // quick and easy way to get vis working :) ++ // needs at least 576 samples :) ++ ++ // advanced vis supplying mode, only use if you're cool. Use VSAAddPCMData for most stuff. ++ int (*VSAGetMode)(int *specNch, int *waveNch); // use to figure out what to give to VSAAdd ++ int (*VSAAdd)(void *data, int timestamp); // filled in by winamp, called by plug-in ++ ++ ++ // call this in Play() to tell the vis plug-ins the current output params. ++ void (*VSASetInfo)(int srate, int nch); // <-- Correct (benski, dec 2005).. old declaration had the params backwards ++ ++ ++ // dsp plug-in processing: ++ // (filled in by winamp, calld by input plug) ++ ++ // returns 1 if active (which means that the number of samples returned by dsp_dosamples ++ // could be greater than went in.. Use it to estimate if you'll have enough room in the ++ // output buffer ++ int (*dsp_isactive)(); ++ ++ // returns number of samples to output. This can be as much as twice numsamples. ++ // be sure to allocate enough buffer for samples, then. ++ int (*dsp_dosamples)(short int *samples, int numsamples, int bps, int nch, int srate); ++ ++ ++ // eq stuff ++ void (*EQSet)(int on, char data[10], int preamp); // 0-64 each, 31 is +0, 0 is +12, 63 is -12. Do nothing to ignore. ++ ++ // info setting (filled in by winamp) ++ void (*SetInfo)(int bitrate, int srate, int stereo, int synched); // if -1, changes ignored? :) ++ ++ Out_Module *outMod; // filled in by winamp, optionally used :) ++} In_Module; ++ ++// return values from the winampUninstallPlugin(HINSTANCE hdll, HWND parent, int param) ++// which determine if we can uninstall the plugin immediately or on winamp restart ++// ++// uninstall support was added from 5.0+ and uninstall now support from 5.5+ ++// it is down to you to ensure that if uninstall now is returned that it will not cause a crash ++// (ie don't use if you've been subclassing the main window) ++#define IN_PLUGIN_UNINSTALL_NOW 0x1 ++#define IN_PLUGIN_UNINSTALL_REBOOT 0x0 ++ ++#endif +diff --git a/subprojects/vgmstream/winamp/sdk/ipc_pe.h b/subprojects/vgmstream/winamp/sdk/ipc_pe.h +index 708d8a66..2d013a9f 100644 +--- a/subprojects/vgmstream/winamp/sdk/ipc_pe.h ++++ b/subprojects/vgmstream/winamp/sdk/ipc_pe.h +@@ -1,56 +1,56 @@ +-#ifndef __IPC_PE_H +-#define __IPC_PE_H +- +-#define IPC_PE_GETCURINDEX 100 // returns current idx +-#define IPC_PE_GETINDEXTOTAL 101 // returns number of items +-#define IPC_PE_GETINDEXINFO 102 // (copydata) lpData is of type callbackinfo, callback is called with copydata/subprojects/vgmstream/fileinfo structure and msg IPC_PE_GETINDEXINFORESULT +-#define IPC_PE_GETINDEXINFORESULT 103 // callback message for IPC_PE_GETINDEXINFO +-#define IPC_PE_DELETEINDEX 104 // lParam = index +-#define IPC_PE_SWAPINDEX 105 // (lParam & 0xFFFF0000) >> 16 = from, (lParam & 0xFFFF) = to +-#define IPC_PE_INSERTFILENAME 106 // (copydata) lpData is of type fileinfo +-#define IPC_PE_GETDIRTY 107 // returns 1 if the playlist changed since the last IPC_PE_SETCLEAN +-#define IPC_PE_SETCLEAN 108 // resets the dirty flag until next modification +-#define IPC_PE_GETIDXFROMPOINT 109 // pass a point parm, return a playlist index +-#define IPC_PE_SAVEEND 110 // pass index to save from +-#define IPC_PE_RESTOREEND 111 // no parm +-#define IPC_PE_GETNEXTSELECTED 112 // same as IPC_PLAYLIST_GET_NEXT_SELECTED for the main window +-#define IPC_PE_GETSELECTEDCOUNT 113 +-#define IPC_PE_INSERTFILENAMEW 114 // (copydata) lpData is of type fileinfoW +-#define IPC_PE_GETINDEXINFO_TITLE 115 // like IPC_PE_GETINDEXINFO, but writes the title to char file[MAX_PATH] instead of filename +-#define IPC_PE_GETINDEXINFORESULT_TITLE 116 // callback message for IPC_PE_GETINDEXINFO +-typedef struct { +- char file[MAX_PATH]; +- int index; +- } fileinfo; +- +-typedef struct { +- wchar_t file[MAX_PATH]; +- int index; +- } fileinfoW; +- +-typedef struct { +- HWND callback; +- int index; +- } callbackinfo; +- +-// the following messages are in_process ONLY +- +-#define IPC_PE_GETINDEXTITLE 200 // lParam = pointer to fileinfo2 struct +-#define IPC_PE_GETINDEXTITLEW 201 // lParam = pointer to fileinfo2W struct +-#define IPC_PE_GETINDEXINFO_INPROC 202 // lParam = pointer to fileinfo struct +-#define IPC_PE_GETINDEXINFOW_INPROC 203 // lParam = pointer to fileinfoW struct +- +-typedef struct { +- int fileindex; +- char filetitle[256]; +- char filelength[16]; +- } fileinfo2; +- +-typedef struct +-{ +- int fileindex; +- wchar_t filetitle[256]; +- wchar_t filelength[16]; +- } fileinfo2W; +- ++#ifndef __IPC_PE_H ++#define __IPC_PE_H ++ ++#define IPC_PE_GETCURINDEX 100 // returns current idx ++#define IPC_PE_GETINDEXTOTAL 101 // returns number of items ++#define IPC_PE_GETINDEXINFO 102 // (copydata) lpData is of type callbackinfo, callback is called with copydata/subprojects/vgmstream/fileinfo structure and msg IPC_PE_GETINDEXINFORESULT ++#define IPC_PE_GETINDEXINFORESULT 103 // callback message for IPC_PE_GETINDEXINFO ++#define IPC_PE_DELETEINDEX 104 // lParam = index ++#define IPC_PE_SWAPINDEX 105 // (lParam & 0xFFFF0000) >> 16 = from, (lParam & 0xFFFF) = to ++#define IPC_PE_INSERTFILENAME 106 // (copydata) lpData is of type fileinfo ++#define IPC_PE_GETDIRTY 107 // returns 1 if the playlist changed since the last IPC_PE_SETCLEAN ++#define IPC_PE_SETCLEAN 108 // resets the dirty flag until next modification ++#define IPC_PE_GETIDXFROMPOINT 109 // pass a point parm, return a playlist index ++#define IPC_PE_SAVEEND 110 // pass index to save from ++#define IPC_PE_RESTOREEND 111 // no parm ++#define IPC_PE_GETNEXTSELECTED 112 // same as IPC_PLAYLIST_GET_NEXT_SELECTED for the main window ++#define IPC_PE_GETSELECTEDCOUNT 113 ++#define IPC_PE_INSERTFILENAMEW 114 // (copydata) lpData is of type fileinfoW ++#define IPC_PE_GETINDEXINFO_TITLE 115 // like IPC_PE_GETINDEXINFO, but writes the title to char file[MAX_PATH] instead of filename ++#define IPC_PE_GETINDEXINFORESULT_TITLE 116 // callback message for IPC_PE_GETINDEXINFO ++typedef struct { ++ char file[MAX_PATH]; ++ int index; ++ } fileinfo; ++ ++typedef struct { ++ wchar_t file[MAX_PATH]; ++ int index; ++ } fileinfoW; ++ ++typedef struct { ++ HWND callback; ++ int index; ++ } callbackinfo; ++ ++// the following messages are in_process ONLY ++ ++#define IPC_PE_GETINDEXTITLE 200 // lParam = pointer to fileinfo2 struct ++#define IPC_PE_GETINDEXTITLEW 201 // lParam = pointer to fileinfo2W struct ++#define IPC_PE_GETINDEXINFO_INPROC 202 // lParam = pointer to fileinfo struct ++#define IPC_PE_GETINDEXINFOW_INPROC 203 // lParam = pointer to fileinfoW struct ++ ++typedef struct { ++ int fileindex; ++ char filetitle[256]; ++ char filelength[16]; ++ } fileinfo2; ++ ++typedef struct ++{ ++ int fileindex; ++ wchar_t filetitle[256]; ++ wchar_t filelength[16]; ++ } fileinfo2W; ++ + #endif +\ No newline at end of file +diff --git a/subprojects/vgmstream/winamp/sdk/out.h b/subprojects/vgmstream/winamp/sdk/out.h +index 04bf680e..ac10e6ef 100644 +--- a/subprojects/vgmstream/winamp/sdk/out.h ++++ b/subprojects/vgmstream/winamp/sdk/out.h +@@ -1,73 +1,73 @@ +-#ifndef NULLSOFT_OUTH +-#define NULLSOFT_OUTH +-#include +-#include +-// ids: +-// waveout: 32 +-// gapless: 64 +-// xfade: 63 +-// disk: 33 +-// dsound: 38 +-// NULL: 65 +-// mm2: 69 +- +-#if defined(_MSC_VER) && (_MSC_VER <= 1200) +-typedef int intptr_t; +-#endif +- +-#define OUT_VER 0x10 +- +-typedef struct +-{ +- int version; // module version (OUT_VER) +- char *description; // description of module, with version string +- intptr_t id; // module id. each input module gets its own. non-nullsoft modules should +- // be >= 65536. +- +- HWND hMainWindow; // winamp's main window (filled in by winamp) +- HINSTANCE hDllInstance; // DLL instance handle (filled in by winamp) +- +- void (*Config)(HWND hwndParent); // configuration dialog +- void (*About)(HWND hwndParent); // about dialog +- +- void (*Init)(); // called when loaded +- void (*Quit)(); // called when unloaded +- +- int (*Open)(int samplerate, int numchannels, int bitspersamp, int bufferlenms, int prebufferms); +- // returns >=0 on success, <0 on failure +- +- // NOTENOTENOTE: bufferlenms and prebufferms are ignored in most if not all output plug-ins. +- // ... so don't expect the max latency returned to be what you asked for. +- // returns max latency in ms (0 for diskwriters, etc) +- // bufferlenms and prebufferms must be in ms. 0 to use defaults. +- // prebufferms must be <= bufferlenms +- // pass bufferlenms==-666 to tell the output plugin that it's clock is going to be used to sync video +- // out_ds turns off silence-eating when -666 is passed +- +- void (*Close)(); // close the ol' output device. +- +- int (*Write)(char *buf, int len); +- // 0 on success. Len == bytes to write (<= 8192 always). buf is straight audio data. +- // 1 returns not able to write (yet). Non-blocking, always. +- +- int (*CanWrite)(); // returns number of bytes possible to write at a given time. +- // Never will decrease unless you call Write (or Close, heh) +- +- int (*IsPlaying)(); // non0 if output is still going or if data in buffers waiting to be +- // written (i.e. closing while IsPlaying() returns 1 would truncate the song +- +- int (*Pause)(int pause); // returns previous pause state +- +- void (*SetVolume)(int volume); // volume is 0-255 +- void (*SetPan)(int pan); // pan is -128 to 128 +- +- void (*Flush)(int t); // flushes buffers and restarts output at time t (in ms) +- // (used for seeking) +- +- int (*GetOutputTime)(); // returns played time in MS +- int (*GetWrittenTime)(); // returns time written in MS (used for synching up vis stuff) +- +-} Out_Module; +- +- +-#endif ++#ifndef NULLSOFT_OUTH ++#define NULLSOFT_OUTH ++#include ++#include ++// ids: ++// waveout: 32 ++// gapless: 64 ++// xfade: 63 ++// disk: 33 ++// dsound: 38 ++// NULL: 65 ++// mm2: 69 ++ ++#if defined(_MSC_VER) && (_MSC_VER <= 1200) ++typedef int intptr_t; ++#endif ++ ++#define OUT_VER 0x10 ++ ++typedef struct ++{ ++ int version; // module version (OUT_VER) ++ char *description; // description of module, with version string ++ intptr_t id; // module id. each input module gets its own. non-nullsoft modules should ++ // be >= 65536. ++ ++ HWND hMainWindow; // winamp's main window (filled in by winamp) ++ HINSTANCE hDllInstance; // DLL instance handle (filled in by winamp) ++ ++ void (*Config)(HWND hwndParent); // configuration dialog ++ void (*About)(HWND hwndParent); // about dialog ++ ++ void (*Init)(); // called when loaded ++ void (*Quit)(); // called when unloaded ++ ++ int (*Open)(int samplerate, int numchannels, int bitspersamp, int bufferlenms, int prebufferms); ++ // returns >=0 on success, <0 on failure ++ ++ // NOTENOTENOTE: bufferlenms and prebufferms are ignored in most if not all output plug-ins. ++ // ... so don't expect the max latency returned to be what you asked for. ++ // returns max latency in ms (0 for diskwriters, etc) ++ // bufferlenms and prebufferms must be in ms. 0 to use defaults. ++ // prebufferms must be <= bufferlenms ++ // pass bufferlenms==-666 to tell the output plugin that it's clock is going to be used to sync video ++ // out_ds turns off silence-eating when -666 is passed ++ ++ void (*Close)(); // close the ol' output device. ++ ++ int (*Write)(char *buf, int len); ++ // 0 on success. Len == bytes to write (<= 8192 always). buf is straight audio data. ++ // 1 returns not able to write (yet). Non-blocking, always. ++ ++ int (*CanWrite)(); // returns number of bytes possible to write at a given time. ++ // Never will decrease unless you call Write (or Close, heh) ++ ++ int (*IsPlaying)(); // non0 if output is still going or if data in buffers waiting to be ++ // written (i.e. closing while IsPlaying() returns 1 would truncate the song ++ ++ int (*Pause)(int pause); // returns previous pause state ++ ++ void (*SetVolume)(int volume); // volume is 0-255 ++ void (*SetPan)(int pan); // pan is -128 to 128 ++ ++ void (*Flush)(int t); // flushes buffers and restarts output at time t (in ms) ++ // (used for seeking) ++ ++ int (*GetOutputTime)(); // returns played time in MS ++ int (*GetWrittenTime)(); // returns time written in MS (used for synching up vis stuff) ++ ++} Out_Module; ++ ++ ++#endif +diff --git a/subprojects/vgmstream/winamp/sdk/wa_ipc.h b/subprojects/vgmstream/winamp/sdk/wa_ipc.h +index 3470cb04..9c51f150 100644 +--- a/subprojects/vgmstream/winamp/sdk/wa_ipc.h ++++ b/subprojects/vgmstream/winamp/sdk/wa_ipc.h +@@ -1,2470 +1,2470 @@ +-/* +-** Copyright (C) 1997-2008 Nullsoft, Inc. +-** +-** This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied warranty. In no event will the authors be held +-** liable for any damages arising from the use of this software. +-** +-** Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose, including commercial applications, and to +-** alter it and redistribute it freely, subject to the following restrictions: +-** +-** 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not claim that you wrote the original software. +-** If you use this software in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be appreciated but is not required. +-** +-** 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be misrepresented as being the original software. +-** +-** 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution. +-** +-*/ +- +-#ifndef _WA_IPC_H_ +-#define _WA_IPC_H_ +- +-#include +-#include +-#if defined(_MSC_VER) && (_MSC_VER <= 1200) +-typedef int intptr_t; +-#endif +-/* +-** This is the modern replacement for the classic 'frontend.h'. Most of these +-** updates are designed for in-process use, i.e. from a plugin. +-** +-*/ +- +-/* Most of the IPC_* messages involve sending the message in the form of: +-** result = SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,(parameter),IPC_*); +-** Where different then this is specified (typically with WM_COPYDATA variants) +-** +-** When you use SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,(parameter),IPC_*) and specify a IPC_* +-** which is not currently implemented/supported by the Winamp version being used then it +-** will return 1 for 'result'. This is a good way of helping to check if an api being +-** used which returns a function pointer, etc is even going to be valid. +-*/ +- +-#define WM_WA_IPC WM_USER +- +-#define WINAMP_VERSION_MAJOR(winampVersion) ((winampVersion & 0x0000FF00) >> 12) +-#define WINAMP_VERSION_MINOR(winampVersion) (winampVersion & 0x000000FF) // returns, i.e. 0x12 for 5.12 and 0x10 for 5.1... +- +- +-#define IPC_GETVERSION 0 +-/* int version = SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_GETVERSION); +-** +-** The version returned will be 0x20yx for Winamp 2.yx. +-** Versions previous to Winamp 2.0 typically (but not always) use 0x1zyx for 1.zx. +-** Just a bit weird but that's the way it goes. +-** +-** For Winamp 5.x it uses the format 0x50yx for Winamp 5.yx +-** e.g. 5.01 -> 0x5001 +-** 5.09 -> 0x5009 +-** 5.1 -> 0x5010 +-** +-** Notes: For 5.02 this api will return the same value as for a 5.01 build. +-** For 5.07 this api will return the same value as for a 5.06 build. +-*/ +- +- +-#define IPC_GETVERSIONSTRING 1 +- +- +-#define IPC_GETREGISTEREDVERSION 770 +-/* (requires Winamp 5.0+) +-** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_GETREGISTEREDVERSION); +-** +-** This will open the Winamp Preferences and show the Winamp Pro page. +-*/ +- +- +-typedef struct { +- const char *filename; +- const char *title; +- int length; +-} enqueueFileWithMetaStruct; // send this to a IPC_PLAYFILE in a non WM_COPYDATA, +-// and you get the nice desired result. if title is NULL, it is treated as a "thing", +-// otherwise it's assumed to be a file (for speed) +- +-typedef struct { +- const wchar_t *filename; +- const wchar_t *title; +- int length; +-} enqueueFileWithMetaStructW; +- +-#define IPC_PLAYFILE 100 // dont be fooled, this is really the same as enqueufile +-#define IPC_ENQUEUEFILE 100 +-#define IPC_PLAYFILEW 1100 +-#define IPC_ENQUEUEFILEW 1100 +-/* This is sent as a WM_COPYDATA with IPC_PLAYFILE as the dwData member and the string +-** of the file / playlist to be enqueued into the playlist editor as the lpData member. +-** This will just enqueue the file or files since you can use this to enqueue a playlist. +-** It will not clear the current playlist or change the playback state. +-** +-** COPYDATASTRUCT cds = {0}; +-** cds.dwData = IPC_ENQUEUEFILE; +-** cds.lpData = (void*)"c:\\test\\folder\\test.mp3"; +-** cds.cbData = lstrlen((char*)cds.lpData)+1; // include space for null char +-** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_COPYDATA,0,(LPARAM)&cds); +-** +-** +-** With 2.9+ and all of the 5.x versions you can send this as a normal WM_WA_IPC +-** (non WM_COPYDATA) with an enqueueFileWithMetaStruct as the param. +-** If the title member is null then it is treated as a "thing" otherwise it will be +-** assumed to be a file (for speed). +-** +-** enqueueFileWithMetaStruct eFWMS = {0}; +-** eFWMS.filename = "c:\\test\\folder\\test.mp3"; +-** eFWMS.title = "Whipping Good"; +-** eFWMS.length = 300; // this is the number of seconds for the track +-** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,(WPARAM)&eFWMS,IPC_ENQUEUEFILE); +-*/ +- +- +-#define IPC_DELETE 101 +-#define IPC_DELETE_INT 1101 +-/* SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_DELETE); +-** Use this api to clear Winamp's internal playlist. +-** You should not need to use IPC_DELETE_INT since it is used internally by Winamp when +-** it is dealing with some lame Windows Explorer issues (hard to believe that!). +-*/ +- +- +-#define IPC_STARTPLAY 102 +-#define IPC_STARTPLAY_INT 1102 +-/* SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_STARTPLAY); +-** Sending this will start playback and is almost the same as hitting the play button. +-** The IPC_STARTPLAY_INT version is used internally and you should not need to use it +-** since it won't be any fun. +-*/ +- +- +-#define IPC_CHDIR 103 +-/* This is sent as a WM_COPYDATA type message with IPC_CHDIR as the dwData value and the +-** directory you want to change to as the lpData member. +-** +-** COPYDATASTRUCT cds = {0}; +-** cds.dwData = IPC_CHDIR; +-** cds.lpData = (void*)"c:\\download"; +-** cds.cbData = lstrlen((char*)cds.lpData)+1; // include space for null char +-** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_COPYDATA,0,(LPARAM)&cds); +-** +-** The above example will make Winamp change to the directory 'C:\download'. +-*/ +- +- +-#define IPC_ISPLAYING 104 +-/* int res = SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_ISPLAYING); +-** This is sent to retrieve the current playback state of Winamp. +-** If it returns 1, Winamp is playing. +-** If it returns 3, Winamp is paused. +-** If it returns 0, Winamp is not playing. +-*/ +- +- +-#define IPC_GETOUTPUTTIME 105 +-/* int res = SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,mode,IPC_GETOUTPUTTIME); +-** This api can return two different sets of information about current playback status. +-** +-** If mode = 0 then it will return the position (in ms) of the currently playing track. +-** Will return -1 if Winamp is not playing. +-** +-** If mode = 1 then it will return the current track length (in seconds). +-** Will return -1 if there are no tracks (or possibly if Winamp cannot get the length). +-** +-** If mode = 2 then it will return the current track length (in milliseconds). +-** Will return -1 if there are no tracks (or possibly if Winamp cannot get the length). +-*/ +- +- +-#define IPC_JUMPTOTIME 106 +-/* (requires Winamp 1.60+) +-** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,ms,IPC_JUMPTOTIME); +-** This api sets the current position (in milliseconds) for the currently playing song. +-** The resulting playback position may only be an approximate time since some playback +-** formats do not provide exact seeking e.g. mp3 +-** This returns -1 if Winamp is not playing, 1 on end of file, or 0 if it was successful. +-*/ +- +- +-#define IPC_GETMODULENAME 109 +-#define IPC_EX_ISRIGHTEXE 666 +-/* usually shouldnt bother using these, but here goes: +-** send a WM_COPYDATA with IPC_GETMODULENAME, and an internal +-** flag gets set, which if you send a normal WM_WA_IPC message with +-** IPC_EX_ISRIGHTEXE, it returns whether or not that filename +-** matches. lame, I know. +-*/ +- +- +-#define IPC_WRITEPLAYLIST 120 +-/* (requires Winamp 1.666+) +-** int cur = SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_WRITEPLAYLIST); +-** +-** IPC_WRITEPLAYLIST will write the current playlist to '\\Winamp.m3u' and +-** will also return the current playlist position (see IPC_GETLISTPOS). +-** +-** This is kinda obsoleted by some of the newer 2.x api items but it still is good for +-** use with a front-end program (instead of a plug-in) and you want to see what is in the +-** current playlist. +-** +-** This api will only save out extended file information in the #EXTINF entry if Winamp +-** has already read the data such as if the file was played of scrolled into view. If +-** Winamp has not read the data then you will only find the file with its filepath entry +-** (as is the base requirements for a m3u playlist). +-*/ +- +- +-#define IPC_SETPLAYLISTPOS 121 +-/* (requires Winamp 2.0+) +-** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,position,IPC_SETPLAYLISTPOS) +-** IPC_SETPLAYLISTPOS sets the playlist position to the specified 'position'. +-** It will not change playback status or anything else. It will just set the current +-** position in the playlist and will update the playlist view if necessary. +-** +-** If you use SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_COMMAND,MAKEWPARAM(WINAMP_BUTTON2,0),0); +-** after using IPC_SETPLAYLISTPOS then Winamp will start playing the file at 'position'. +-*/ +- +- +-#define IPC_SETVOLUME 122 +-/* (requires Winamp 2.0+) +-** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,volume,IPC_SETVOLUME); +-** IPC_SETVOLUME sets the volume of Winamp (between the range of 0 to 255). +-** +-** If you pass 'volume' as -666 then the message will return the current volume. +-** int curvol = SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,-666,IPC_SETVOLUME); +-*/ +- +- +-#define IPC_GETVOLUME(hwnd_winamp) SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,-666,IPC_SETVOLUME) +-/* (requires Winamp 2.0+) +-** int curvol = IPC_GETVOLUME(hwnd_winamp); +-** This will return the current volume of Winamp or +-*/ +- +- +-#define IPC_SETPANNING 123 +-/* (requires Winamp 2.0+) +-** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,panning,IPC_SETPANNING); +-** IPC_SETPANNING sets the panning of Winamp from 0 (left) to 255 (right). +-** +-** At least in 5.x+ this works from -127 (left) to 127 (right). +-** +-** If you pass 'panning' as -666 to this api then it will return the current panning. +-** int curpan = SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,-666,IPC_SETPANNING); +-*/ +- +- +-#define IPC_GETLISTLENGTH 124 +-/* (requires Winamp 2.0+) +-** int length = SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_GETLISTLENGTH); +-** IPC_GETLISTLENGTH returns the length of the current playlist as the number of tracks. +-*/ +- +- +-#define IPC_GETLISTPOS 125 +-/* (requires Winamp 2.05+) +-** int pos=SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_GETLISTPOS); +-** IPC_GETLISTPOS returns the current playlist position (which is shown in the playlist +-** editor as a differently coloured text entry e.g is yellow for the classic skin). +-** +-** This api is a lot like IPC_WRITEPLAYLIST but a lot faster since it does not have to +-** write out the whole of the current playlist first. +-*/ +- +- +-#define IPC_GETINFO 126 +-/* (requires Winamp 2.05+) +-** int inf=SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,mode,IPC_GETINFO); +-** IPC_GETINFO returns info about the current playing song. The value +-** it returns depends on the value of 'mode'. +-** Mode Meaning +-** ------------------ +-** 0 Samplerate, in kilohertz (i.e. 44) +-** 1 Bitrate (i.e. 128) +-** 2 Channels (i.e. 2) +-** 3 (5+) Video LOWORD=w HIWORD=h +-** 4 (5+) > 65536, string (video description) +-** 5 (5.25+) Samplerate, in hertz (i.e. 44100) +-*/ +- +- +-#define IPC_GETEQDATA 127 +-/* (requires Winamp 2.05+) +-** int data=SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,pos,IPC_GETEQDATA); +-** IPC_GETEQDATA queries the status of the EQ. +-** The value returned depends on what 'pos' is set to: +-** Value Meaning +-** ------------------ +-** 0-9 The 10 bands of EQ data. 0-63 (+20db - -20db) +-** 10 The preamp value. 0-63 (+20db - -20db) +-** 11 Enabled. zero if disabled, nonzero if enabled. +-** 12 Autoload. zero if disabled, nonzero if enabled. +-*/ +- +- +-#define IPC_SETEQDATA 128 +-/* (requires Winamp 2.05+) +-** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,pos,IPC_GETEQDATA); +-** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,value,IPC_SETEQDATA); +-** IPC_SETEQDATA sets the value of the last position retrieved +-** by IPC_GETEQDATA. This is pretty lame, and we should provide +-** an extended version that lets you do a MAKELPARAM(pos,value). +-** someday... +- +- new (2.92+): +- if the high byte is set to 0xDB, then the third byte specifies +- which band, and the bottom word specifies the value. +-*/ +- +- +-#define IPC_ADDBOOKMARK 129 +-#define IPC_ADDBOOKMARKW 131 +-/* (requires Winamp 2.4+) +-** This is sent as a WM_COPYDATA using IPC_ADDBOOKMARK as the dwData value and the +-** directory you want to change to as the lpData member. This will add the specified +-** file / url to the Winamp bookmark list. +-** +-** COPYDATASTRUCT cds = {0}; +-** cds.dwData = IPC_ADDBOOKMARK; +-** cds.lpData = (void*)"http://www.blah.com/listen.pls"; +-** cds.cbData = lstrlen((char*)cds.lpData)+1; // include space for null char +-** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_COPYDATA,0,(LPARAM)&cds); +-** +-** +-** In Winamp 5.0+ we use this as a normal WM_WA_IPC and the string is null separated as +-** the filename and then the title of the entry. +-** +-** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,(WPARAM)(char*)"filename\0title\0",IPC_ADDBOOKMARK); +-** +-** This will notify the library / bookmark editor that a bookmark was added. +-** Note that using this message in this context does not actually add the bookmark. +-** Do not use, it is essentially just a notification type message :) +-*/ +- +- +-#define IPC_INSTALLPLUGIN 130 +-/* This is not implemented (and is very unlikely to be done due to safety concerns). +-** If it was then you could do a WM_COPYDATA with a path to a .wpz and it would then +-** install the plugin for you. +-** +-** COPYDATASTRUCT cds = {0}; +-** cds.dwData = IPC_INSTALLPLUGIN; +-** cds.lpData = (void*)"c:\\path\\to\\file.wpz"; +-** cds.cbData = lstrlen((char*)cds.lpData)+1; // include space for null char +-** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_COPYDATA,0,(LPARAM)&cds); +-*/ +- +- +-#define IPC_RESTARTWINAMP 135 +-/* (requires Winamp 2.2+) +-** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_RESTARTWINAMP); +-** IPC_RESTARTWINAMP will restart Winamp (isn't that obvious ? :) ) +-** If this fails to make Winamp start after closing then there is a good chance one (or +-** more) of the currently installed plugins caused Winamp to crash on exit (either as a +-** silent crash or a full crash log report before it could call itself start again. +-*/ +- +- +-#define IPC_ISFULLSTOP 400 +-/* (requires winamp 2.7+ I think) +-** int ret=SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_ISFULLSTOP); +-** This is useful for when you're an output plugin and you want to see if the stop/close +-** happening is a full stop or if you are just between tracks. This returns non zero if +-** it is a full stop or zero if it is just a new track. +-** benski> i think it's actually the other way around - +-** !0 for EOF and 0 for user pressing stop +-*/ +- +- +-#define IPC_INETAVAILABLE 242 +-/* (requires Winamp 2.05+) +-** int val=SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_INETAVAILABLE); +-** IPC_INETAVAILABLE will return 1 if an Internet connection is available for Winamp and +-** relates to the internet connection type setting on the main general preferences page +-** in the Winamp preferences. +-*/ +- +- +-#define IPC_UPDTITLE 243 +-/* (requires Winamp 2.2+) +-** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_UPDTITLE); +-** IPC_UPDTITLE will ask Winamp to update the information about the current title and +-** causes GetFileInfo(..) in the input plugin associated with the current playlist entry +-** to be called. This can be called such as when an input plugin is buffering a file so +-** that it can cause the buffer percentage to appear in the playlist. +-*/ +- +- +-#define IPC_REFRESHPLCACHE 247 +-/* (requires Winamp 2.2+) +-** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_REFRESHPLCACHE); +-** IPC_REFRESHPLCACHE will flush the playlist cache buffer and you send this if you want +-** Winamp to go refetch the titles for all of the entries in the current playlist. +-** +-** 5.3+: pass a wchar_t * string in wParam, and it'll do a strnicmp() before clearing the cache +-*/ +- +- +-#define IPC_GET_SHUFFLE 250 +-/* (requires Winamp 2.4+) +-** int val=SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_GET_SHUFFLE); +-** IPC_GET_SHUFFLE returns the status of the shuffle option. +-** If set then it will return 1 and if not set then it will return 0. +-*/ +- +- +-#define IPC_GET_REPEAT 251 +-/* (requires Winamp 2.4+) +-** int val=SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_GET_REPEAT); +-** IPC_GET_REPEAT returns the status of the repeat option. +-** If set then it will return 1 and if not set then it will return 0. +-*/ +- +- +-#define IPC_SET_SHUFFLE 252 +-/* (requires Winamp 2.4+) +-** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,value,IPC_SET_SHUFFLE); +-** IPC_SET_SHUFFLE sets the status of the shuffle option. +-** If 'value' is 1 then shuffle is turned on. +-** If 'value' is 0 then shuffle is turned off. +-*/ +- +- +-#define IPC_SET_REPEAT 253 +-/* (requires Winamp 2.4+) +-** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,value,IPC_SET_REPEAT); +-** IPC_SET_REPEAT sets the status of the repeat option. +-** If 'value' is 1 then shuffle is turned on. +-** If 'value' is 0 then shuffle is turned off. +-*/ +- +- +-#define IPC_ENABLEDISABLE_ALL_WINDOWS 259 // 0xdeadbeef to disable +-/* (requires Winamp 2.9+) +-** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,(enable?0:0xdeadbeef),IPC_ENABLEDISABLE_ALL_WINDOWS); +-** Sending this message with 0xdeadbeef as the param will disable all winamp windows and +-** any other values will enable all of the Winamp windows again. When disabled you won't +-** get any response on clicking or trying to do anything to the Winamp windows. If the +-** taskbar icon is shown then you may still have control ;) +-*/ +- +- +-#define IPC_GETWND 260 +-/* (requires Winamp 2.9+) +-** HWND h=SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,IPC_GETWND_xxx,IPC_GETWND); +-** returns the HWND of the window specified. +-*/ +- #define IPC_GETWND_EQ 0 // use one of these for the param +- #define IPC_GETWND_PE 1 +- #define IPC_GETWND_MB 2 +- #define IPC_GETWND_VIDEO 3 +-#define IPC_ISWNDVISIBLE 261 // same param as IPC_GETWND +- +- +-/************************************************************************ +-***************** in-process only (WE LOVE PLUGINS) +-************************************************************************/ +- +-#define IPC_SETSKINW 199 +-#define IPC_SETSKIN 200 +-/* (requires Winamp 2.04+, only usable from plug-ins (not external apps)) +-** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,(WPARAM)"skinname",IPC_SETSKIN); +-** IPC_SETSKIN sets the current skin to "skinname". Note that skinname +-** can be the name of a skin, a skin .zip file, with or without path. +-** If path isn't specified, the default search path is the winamp skins +-** directory. +-*/ +- +- +-#define IPC_GETSKIN 201 +-#define IPC_GETSKINW 1201 +-/* (requires Winamp 2.04+, only usable from plug-ins (not external apps)) +-** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,(WPARAM)skinname_buffer,IPC_GETSKIN); +-** IPC_GETSKIN puts the directory where skin bitmaps can be found +-** into skinname_buffer. +-** skinname_buffer must be MAX_PATH characters in length. +-** When using a .zip'd skin file, it'll return a temporary directory +-** where the ZIP was decompressed. +-*/ +- +- +-#define IPC_EXECPLUG 202 +-/* (requires Winamp 2.04+, only usable from plug-ins (not external apps)) +-** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,(WPARAM)"vis_file.dll",IPC_EXECPLUG); +-** IPC_EXECPLUG executes a visualization plug-in pointed to by WPARAM. +-** the format of this string can be: +-** "vis_whatever.dll" +-** "vis_whatever.dll,0" // (first mod, file in winamp plug-in dir) +-** "C:\\dir\\vis_whatever.dll,1" +-*/ +- +- +-#define IPC_GETPLAYLISTFILE 211 +-#define IPC_GETPLAYLISTFILEW 214 +-/* (requires Winamp 2.04+, only usable from plug-ins (not external apps)) +-** char *name=SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,index,IPC_GETPLAYLISTFILE); +-** IPC_GETPLAYLISTFILE gets the filename of the playlist entry [index]. +-** returns a pointer to it. returns NULL on error. +-*/ +- +- +-#define IPC_GETPLAYLISTTITLE 212 +-#define IPC_GETPLAYLISTTITLEW 213 +-/* (requires Winamp 2.04+, only usable from plug-ins (not external apps)) +-** char *name=SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,index,IPC_GETPLAYLISTTITLE); +-** +-** IPC_GETPLAYLISTTITLE gets the title of the playlist entry [index]. +-** returns a pointer to it. returns NULL on error. +-*/ +- +- +-#define IPC_GETHTTPGETTER 240 +-/* retrieves a function pointer to a HTTP retrieval function. +-** if this is unsupported, returns 1 or 0. +-** the function should be: +-** int (*httpRetrieveFile)(HWND hwnd, char *url, char *file, char *dlgtitle); +-** if you call this function, with a parent window, a URL, an output file, and a dialog title, +-** it will return 0 on successful download, 1 on error. +-*/ +- +- +-#define IPC_GETHTTPGETTERW 1240 +-/* int (*httpRetrieveFileW)(HWND hwnd, char *url, wchar_t *file, wchar_t *dlgtitle); */ +- +- +-#define IPC_MBOPEN 241 +-/* (requires Winamp 2.05+) +-** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_MBOPEN); +-** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,(WPARAM)url,IPC_MBOPEN); +-** IPC_MBOPEN will open a new URL in the minibrowser. if url is NULL, it will open the Minibrowser window. +-*/ +- +- +-#define IPC_CHANGECURRENTFILE 245 +-/* (requires Winamp 2.05+) +-** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,(WPARAM)file,IPC_CHANGECURRENTFILE); +-** IPC_CHANGECURRENTFILE will set the current playlist item. +-*/ +- +- +-#define IPC_CHANGECURRENTFILEW 1245 +-/* (requires Winamp 5.3+) +-** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,(WPARAM)file,IPC_CHANGECURRENTFILEW); +-** IPC_CHANGECURRENTFILEW will set the current playlist item. +-*/ +- +- +-#define IPC_GETMBURL 246 +-/* (requires Winamp 2.2+) +-** char buffer[4096]; // Urls can be VERY long +-** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,(WPARAM)buffer,IPC_GETMBURL); +-** IPC_GETMBURL will retrieve the current Minibrowser URL into buffer. +-** buffer must be at least 4096 bytes long. +-*/ +- +- +-#define IPC_MBBLOCK 248 +-/* (requires Winamp 2.4+) +-** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,value,IPC_MBBLOCK); +-** +-** IPC_MBBLOCK will block the Minibrowser from updates if value is set to 1 +-*/ +- +- +-#define IPC_MBOPENREAL 249 +-/* (requires Winamp 2.4+) +-** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,(WPARAM)url,IPC_MBOPENREAL); +-** +-** IPC_MBOPENREAL works the same as IPC_MBOPEN except that it will works even if +-** IPC_MBBLOCK has been set to 1 +-*/ +- +- +-#define IPC_ADJUST_OPTIONSMENUPOS 280 +-/* (requires Winamp 2.9+) +-** int newpos=SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,(WPARAM)adjust_offset,IPC_ADJUST_OPTIONSMENUPOS); +-** moves where winamp expects the Options menu in the main menu. Useful if you wish to insert a +-** menu item above the options/skins/vis menus. +-*/ +- +- +-#define IPC_GET_HMENU 281 +-/* (requires Winamp 2.9+) +-** HMENU hMenu=SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,(WPARAM)0,IPC_GET_HMENU); +-** values for data: +-** 0 : main popup menu +-** 1 : main menubar file menu +-** 2 : main menubar options menu +-** 3 : main menubar windows menu +-** 4 : main menubar help menu +-** other values will return NULL. +-*/ +- +- +-#define IPC_GET_EXTENDED_FILE_INFO 290 //pass a pointer to the following struct in wParam +-#define IPC_GET_EXTENDED_FILE_INFO_HOOKABLE 296 +-/* (requires Winamp 2.9+) +-** to use, create an extendedFileInfoStruct, point the values filename and metadata to the +-** filename and metadata field you wish to query, and ret to a buffer, with retlen to the +-** length of that buffer, and then SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,&struct,IPC_GET_EXTENDED_FILE_INFO); +-** the results should be in the buffer pointed to by ret. +-** returns 1 if the decoder supports a getExtendedFileInfo method +-*/ +-typedef struct { +- const char *filename; +- const char *metadata; +- char *ret; +- size_t retlen; +-} extendedFileInfoStruct; +- +- +-#define IPC_GET_BASIC_FILE_INFO 291 //pass a pointer to the following struct in wParam +-typedef struct { +- const char *filename; +- +- int quickCheck; // set to 0 to always get, 1 for quick, 2 for default (if 2, quickCheck will be set to 0 if quick wasnot used) +- +- // filled in by winamp +- int length; +- char *title; +- int titlelen; +-} basicFileInfoStruct; +- +- +-#define IPC_GET_BASIC_FILE_INFOW 1291 //pass a pointer to the following struct in wParam +-typedef struct { +- const wchar_t *filename; +- +- int quickCheck; // set to 0 to always get, 1 for quick, 2 for default (if 2, quickCheck will be set to 0 if quick wasnot used) +- +- // filled in by winamp +- int length; +- wchar_t *title; +- int titlelen; +-} basicFileInfoStructW; +- +- +-#define IPC_GET_EXTLIST 292 //returns doublenull delimited. GlobalFree() it when done. if data is 0, returns raw extlist, if 1, returns something suitable for getopenfilename +-#define IPC_GET_EXTLISTW 1292 // wide char version of above +- +- +-#define IPC_INFOBOX 293 +-typedef struct { +- HWND parent; +- char *filename; +-} infoBoxParam; +- +- +-#define IPC_INFOBOXW 1293 +-typedef struct { +- HWND parent; +- const wchar_t *filename; +-} infoBoxParamW; +- +- +-#define IPC_SET_EXTENDED_FILE_INFO 294 //pass a pointer to the a extendedFileInfoStruct in wParam +-/* (requires Winamp 2.9+) +-** to use, create an extendedFileInfoStruct, point the values filename and metadata to the +-** filename and metadata field you wish to write in ret. (retlen is not used). and then +-** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,&struct,IPC_SET_EXTENDED_FILE_INFO); +-** returns 1 if the metadata is supported +-** Call IPC_WRITE_EXTENDED_FILE_INFO once you're done setting all the metadata you want to update +-*/ +- +- +-#define IPC_WRITE_EXTENDED_FILE_INFO 295 +-/* (requires Winamp 2.9+) +-** writes all the metadata set thru IPC_SET_EXTENDED_FILE_INFO to the file +-** returns 1 if the file has been successfully updated, 0 if error +-*/ +- +- +-#define IPC_FORMAT_TITLE 297 +-typedef struct +-{ +- char *spec; // NULL=default winamp spec +- void *p; +- +- char *out; +- int out_len; +- +- char * (*TAGFUNC)(const char * tag, void * p); //return 0 if not found +- void (*TAGFREEFUNC)(char * tag,void * p); +-} waFormatTitle; +- +- +-#define IPC_FORMAT_TITLE_EXTENDED 298 // similiar to IPC_FORMAT_TITLE, but falls back to Winamp's %tags% if your passed tag function doesn't handle it +-typedef struct +-{ +- const wchar_t *filename; +- int useExtendedInfo; // set to 1 if you want the Title Formatter to query the input plugins for any tags that your tag function fails on +- const wchar_t *spec; // NULL=default winamp spec +- void *p; +- +- wchar_t *out; +- int out_len; +- +- wchar_t * (*TAGFUNC)(const wchar_t * tag, void * p); //return 0 if not found, -1 for empty tag +- void (*TAGFREEFUNC)(wchar_t *tag, void *p); +-} waFormatTitleExtended; +- +- +-#define IPC_COPY_EXTENDED_FILE_INFO 299 +-typedef struct +-{ +- const char *source; +- const char *dest; +-} copyFileInfoStruct; +- +- +-#define IPC_COPY_EXTENDED_FILE_INFOW 1299 +-typedef struct +-{ +- const wchar_t *source; +- const wchar_t *dest; +-} copyFileInfoStructW; +- +- +-typedef struct { +- int (*inflateReset)(void *strm); +- int (*inflateInit_)(void *strm,const char *version, int stream_size); +- int (*inflate)(void *strm, int flush); +- int (*inflateEnd)(void *strm); +- unsigned long (*crc32)(unsigned long crc, const unsigned char *buf, unsigned int len); +-} wa_inflate_struct; +- +-#define IPC_GETUNCOMPRESSINTERFACE 331 +-/* returns a function pointer to uncompress(). +-** int (*uncompress)(unsigned char *dest, unsigned long *destLen, const unsigned char *source, unsigned long sourceLen); +-** right out of zlib, useful for decompressing zlibbed data. +-** if you pass the parm of 0x10100000, it will return a wa_inflate_struct * to an inflate API. +-*/ +- +- +-typedef struct _prefsDlgRec { +- HINSTANCE hInst; // dll instance containing the dialog resource +- int dlgID; // resource identifier of the dialog +- void *proc; // window proceedure for handling the dialog defined as +- // LRESULT CALLBACK PrefsPage(HWND,UINT,WPARAM,LPARAM) +- +- char *name; // name shown for the prefs page in the treelist +- intptr_t where; // section in the treelist the prefs page is to be added to +- // 0 for General Preferences +- // 1 for Plugins +- // 2 for Skins +- // 3 for Bookmarks (no longer in the 5.0+ prefs) +- // 4 for Prefs (the old 'Setup' section - no longer in 5.0+) +- +- intptr_t _id; +- struct _prefsDlgRec *next; // no longer implemented as a linked list, now used by Winamp for other means +-} prefsDlgRec; +- +-typedef struct _prefsDlgRecW { +- HINSTANCE hInst; // dll instance containing the dialog resource +- int dlgID; // resource identifier of the dialog +- void *proc; // window proceedure for handling the dialog defined as +- // LRESULT CALLBACK PrefsPage(HWND,UINT,WPARAM,LPARAM) +- +- wchar_t *name; // name shown for the prefs page in the treelist +- intptr_t where; // section in the treelist the prefs page is to be added to +- // 0 for General Preferences +- // 1 for Plugins +- // 2 for Skins +- // 3 for Bookmarks (no longer in the 5.0+ prefs) +- // 4 for Prefs (the old 'Setup' section - no longer in 5.0+) +- +- intptr_t _id; +- struct _prefsDlgRec *next; // no longer implemented as a linked list, now used by Winamp for other means +-} prefsDlgRecW; +- +-#define IPC_ADD_PREFS_DLG 332 +-#define IPC_ADD_PREFS_DLGW 1332 +-#define IPC_REMOVE_PREFS_DLG 333 +-/* (requires Winamp 2.9+) +-** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,(WPARAM)&prefsRec,IPC_ADD_PREFS_DLG); +-** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,(WPARAM)&prefsRec,IPC_REMOVE_PREFS_DLG); +-** +-** IPC_ADD_PREFS_DLG: +-** To use this you need to allocate a prefsDlgRec structure (either on the heap or with +-** some global data but NOT on the stack) and then initialise the members of the structure +-** (see the definition of the prefsDlgRec structure above). +-** +-** hInst - dll instance of where the dialog resource is located. +-** dlgID - id of the dialog resource. +-** proc - dialog window procedure for the prefs dialog. +-** name - name of the prefs page as shown in the preferences list. +-** where - see above for the valid locations the page can be added. +-** +-** Then you do SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,(WPARAM)&prefsRec,IPC_ADD_PREFS_DLG); +-** +-** example: +-** +-** prefsDlgRec* prefsRec = 0; +-** prefsRec = GlobalAlloc(GPTR,sizeof(prefsDlgRec)); +-** prefsRec->hInst = hInst; +-** prefsRec->dlgID = IDD_PREFDIALOG; +-** prefsRec->name = "Pref Page"; +-** prefsRec->where = 0; +-** prefsRec->proc = PrefsPage; +-** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,(WPARAM)&prefsRec,IPC_ADD_PREFS_DLG); +-** +-** +-** IPC_REMOVE_PREFS_DLG: +-** To use you pass the address of the same prefsRec you used when adding the prefs page +-** though you shouldn't really ever have to do this but it's good to clean up after you +-** when you're plugin is being unloaded. +-** +-** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,(WPARAM)&prefsRec,IPC_REMOVE_PREFS_DLG); +-** +-** IPC_ADD_PREFS_DLGW +-** requires Winamp 5.53+ +-*/ +- +- +-#define IPC_OPENPREFSTOPAGE 380 +-/* SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,(WPARAM)&prefsRec,IPC_OPENPREFSTOPAGE); +-** +-** There are two ways of opening a preferences page. +-** +-** The first is to pass an id of a builtin preferences page (see below for ids) or a +-** &prefsDlgRec of the preferences page to open and this is normally done if you are +-** opening a prefs page you added yourself. +-** +-** If the page id does not or the &prefsRec is not valid then the prefs dialog will be +-** opened to the first page available (usually the Winamp Pro page). +-** +-** (requires Winamp 5.04+) +-** Passing -1 for param will open the preferences dialog to the last page viewed. +-** +-** Note: v5.0 to 5.03 had a bug in this api +-** +-** On the first call then the correct prefs page would be opened to but on the next call +-** the prefs dialog would be brought to the front but the page would not be changed to the +-** specified. +-** In 5.04+ it will change to the prefs page specified if the prefs dialog is already open. +-*/ +- +-/* Builtin Preference page ids (valid for 5.0+) +-** (stored in the lParam member of the TVITEM structure from the tree item) +-** +-** These can be useful if you want to detect a specific prefs page and add things to it +-** yourself or something like that ;) +-** +-** Winamp Pro 20 +-** General Preferences 0 +-** File Types 1 +-** Playlist 23 +-** Titles 21 +-** Playback 42 (added in 5.25) +-** Station Info 41 (added in 5.11 & removed in 5.5) +-** Video 24 +-** Localization 25 (added in 5.5) +-** Skins 40 +-** Classic Skins 22 +-** Plugins 30 +-** Input 31 +-** Output 32 +-** Visualisation 33 +-** DSP/Effect 34 +-** General Purpose 35 +-** +-** Note: +-** Custom page ids begin from 60 +-** The value of the normal custom pages (Global Hotkeys, Jump To File, etc) is not +-** guaranteed since it depends on the order in which the plugins are loaded which can +-** change on different systems. +-** +-** Global Hotkeys, Jump To File, Media Library (under General Preferences and child pages), +-** Media Library (under Plugins), Portables, CD Ripping and Modern Skins are custom pages +-** created by the plugins shipped with Winamp. +-*/ +- +- +-#define IPC_GETINIFILE 334 +-/* (requires Winamp 2.9+) +-** char *ini=(char*)SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_GETINIFILE); +-** This returns a pointer to the full file path of winamp.ini. +-** +-** char ini_path[MAX_PATH] = {0}; +-** +-** void GetIniFilePath(HWND hwnd){ +-** if(SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_GETVERSION) >= 0x2900){ +-** // this gets the string of the full ini file path +-** lstrcpyn(ini_path,(char*)SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_GETINIFILE),sizeof(ini_path)); +-** } +-** else{ +-** char* p = ini_path; +-** p += GetModuleFileName(0,ini_path,sizeof(ini_path)) - 1; +-** while(p && *p != '.'){p--;} +-** lstrcpyn(p+1,"ini",sizeof(ini_path)); +-** } +-** } +-*/ +- +- +-#define IPC_GETINIDIRECTORY 335 +-/* (requires Winamp 2.9+) +-** char *dir=(char*)SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_GETINIDIRECTORY); +-** This returns a pointer to the directory where winamp.ini can be found and is +-** useful if you want store config files but you don't want to use winamp.ini. +-*/ +- +- +-#define IPC_GETPLUGINDIRECTORY 336 +-/* (requires Winamp 5.11+) +-** char *plugdir=(char*)SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_GETPLUGINDIRECTORY); +-** This returns a pointer to the directory where Winamp has its plugins stored and is +-** useful if you want store config files in plugins.ini in the plugins folder or for +-** accessing any local files in the plugins folder. +-*/ +- +- +-#define IPC_GETM3UDIRECTORY 337 +-/* (requires Winamp 5.11+) +-** char *m3udir=(char*)SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_GETM3UDIRECTORY); +-** This returns a pointer to the directory where winamp.m3u (and winamp.m3u8 if supported) is stored in. +-*/ +- +- +-#define IPC_GETM3UDIRECTORYW 338 +-/* (requires Winamp 5.3+) +-** wchar_t *m3udirW=(wchar_t*)SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_GETM3UDIRECTORYW); +-** This returns a pointer to the directory where winamp.m3u (and winamp.m3u8 if supported) is stored in. +-*/ +- +- +-#define IPC_SPAWNBUTTONPOPUP 361 // param = +-// 0 = eject +-// 1 = previous +-// 2 = next +-// 3 = pause +-// 4 = play +-// 5 = stop +- +- +-#define IPC_OPENURLBOX 360 +-/* (requires Winamp 5.0+) +-** HGLOBAL hglobal = (HGLOBAL)SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,(WPARAM)(HWND)parent,IPC_OPENURLBOX); +-** You pass a hwnd for the dialog to be parented to (which modern skin support uses). +-** This will return a HGLOBAL that needs to be freed with GlobalFree() if this worked. +-*/ +- +- +-#define IPC_OPENFILEBOX 362 +-/* (requires Winamp 5.0+) +-** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,(WPARAM)(HWND)parent,IPC_OPENFILEBOX); +-** You pass a hwnd for the dialog to be parented to (which modern skin support uses). +-*/ +- +- +-#define IPC_OPENDIRBOX 363 +-/* (requires Winamp 5.0+) +-** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,(WPARAM)(HWND)parent,IPC_OPENDIRBOX); +-** You pass a hwnd for the dialog to be parented to (which modern skin support uses). +-*/ +- +- +-#define IPC_SETDIALOGBOXPARENT 364 +-/* (requires Winamp 5.0+) +-** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,(WPARAM)(HWND)parent,IPC_SETDIALOGBOXPARENT); +-** Pass 'parent' as the window which will be used as the parent for a number of the built +-** in Winamp dialogs and is useful when you are taking over the whole of the UI so that +-** the dialogs will not appear at the bottom right of the screen since the main winamp +-** window is located at 3000x3000 by gen_ff when this is used. Call this again with +-** parent = null to reset the parent back to the orginal Winamp window. +-*/ +- +-#define IPC_GETDIALOGBOXPARENT 365 +-/* (requires Winamp 5.51+) +-** HWND hwndParent = SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,(WPARAM)0, IPC_GETDIALOGBOXPARENT); +-** hwndParent can/must be passed to all modal dialogs (including MessageBox) thats uses winamp as a parent +-*/ +- +-#define IPC_UPDATEDIALOGBOXPARENT 366 +-/* (requires Winamp 5.53+) +-** if you previous called IPC_SETDIALOGBOXPARENT, call this every time your window resizes +-*/ +- +-#define IPC_DRO_MIN 401 // reserved for DrO +-#define IPC_SET_JTF_COMPARATOR 409 +-/* pass me an int (__cdecl *)(const char *, const char *) in wParam */ +-#define IPC_SET_JTF_COMPARATOR_W 410 +-/* pass me an int (__cdecl *)(const wchar_t *, const wchar_t *) in wParam ... maybe someday :) */ +-#define IPC_SET_JTF_DRAWTEXT 416 +- +-#define IPC_DRO_MAX 499 +- +- +-// pass 0 for a copy of the skin HBITMAP +-// pass 1 for name of font to use for playlist editor likeness +-// pass 2 for font charset +-// pass 3 for font size +-#define IPC_GET_GENSKINBITMAP 503 +- +- +-typedef struct +-{ +- HWND me; //hwnd of the window +- +- #define EMBED_FLAGS_NORESIZE 0x1 +- // set this bit to keep window from being resizable +- +- #define EMBED_FLAGS_NOTRANSPARENCY 0x2 +- // set this bit to make gen_ff turn transparency off for this window +- +- #define EMBED_FLAGS_NOWINDOWMENU 0x4 +- // set this bit to prevent gen_ff from automatically adding your window to the right-click menu +- +- #define EMBED_FLAGS_GUID 0x8 +- // (5.31+) call SET_EMBED_GUID(yourEmbedWindowStateStruct, GUID) to define a GUID for this window +- +- #define SET_EMBED_GUID(windowState, windowGUID) { windowState->flags |= EMBED_FLAGS_GUID; *((GUID *)&windowState->extra_data[4])=windowGUID; } +- #define GET_EMBED_GUID(windowState) (*((GUID *)&windowState->extra_data[4])) +- +- int flags; // see above +- +- RECT r; +- void *user_ptr; // for application use +- int extra_data[64]; // for internal winamp use +-} embedWindowState; +- +-#define IPC_GET_EMBEDIF 505 +-/* (requires Winamp 2.9+) +-** HWND myframe = (HWND)SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,(WPARAM)&wa_wnd,IPC_GET_EMBEDIF); +-** +-** or +-** +-** HWND myframe = 0; +-** HWND (*embed)(embedWindowState *params)=0; +-** *(void**)&embed = (void*)SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_GET_EMBEDIF); +-** myframe = embed(&wa_wnd); +-** +-** You pass an embedWindowState* and it will return a hwnd for the frame window or if you +-** pass wParam as null then it will return a HWND embedWindow(embedWindowState *); +-*/ +- +-#define IPC_SKINWINDOW 534 +- +-typedef struct __SKINWINDOWPARAM +-{ +- HWND hwndToSkin; +- GUID windowGuid; +-} SKINWINDOWPARAM; +- +- +- +-#define IPC_EMBED_ENUM 532 +-typedef struct embedEnumStruct +-{ +- int (*enumProc)(embedWindowState *ws, struct embedEnumStruct *param); // return 1 to abort +- int user_data; // or more :) +-} embedEnumStruct; +- // pass +- +- +-#define IPC_EMBED_ISVALID 533 +-/* (requires Winamp 2.9+) +-** int valid = SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,(WPARAM)embedhwnd,IPC_EMBED_ISVALID); +-** Pass a hwnd in the wParam to this to check if the hwnd is a valid embed window or not. +-*/ +- +- +-#define IPC_CONVERTFILE 506 +-/* (requires Winamp 2.92+) +-** Converts a given file to a different format (PCM, MP3, etc...) +-** To use, pass a pointer to a waFileConvertStruct struct +-** This struct can be either on the heap or some global +-** data, but NOT on the stack. At least, until the conversion is done. +-** +-** eg: SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,&myConvertStruct,IPC_CONVERTFILE); +-** +-** Return value: +-** 0: Can't start the conversion. Look at myConvertStruct->error for details. +-** 1: Conversion started. Status messages will be sent to the specified callbackhwnd. +-** Be sure to call IPC_CONVERTFILE_END when your callback window receives the +-** IPC_CB_CONVERT_DONE message. +-*/ +-typedef struct +-{ +- char *sourcefile; // "c:\\source.mp3" +- char *destfile; // "c:\\dest.pcm" +- intptr_t destformat[8]; // like 'PCM ',srate,nch,bps. +- //hack alert! you can set destformat[6]=mmioFOURCC('I','N','I',' '); and destformat[7]=(int)my_ini_file; (where my_ini_file is a char*) +- HWND callbackhwnd; // window that will receive the IPC_CB_CONVERT notification messages +- +- //filled in by winamp.exe +- char *error; //if IPC_CONVERTFILE returns 0, the reason will be here +- +- int bytes_done; //you can look at both of these values for speed statistics +- int bytes_total; +- int bytes_out; +- +- int killswitch; // don't set it manually, use IPC_CONVERTFILE_END +- intptr_t extra_data[64]; // for internal winamp use +-} convertFileStruct; +- +- +-#define IPC_CONVERTFILEW 515 +-// (requires Winamp 5.36+) +-typedef struct +-{ +- wchar_t *sourcefile; // "c:\\source.mp3" +- wchar_t *destfile; // "c:\\dest.pcm" +- intptr_t destformat[8]; // like 'PCM ',srate,nch,bps. +- //hack alert! you can set destformat[6]=mmioFOURCC('I','N','I',' '); and destformat[7]=(int)my_ini_file; (where my_ini_file is a char*) +- HWND callbackhwnd; // window that will receive the IPC_CB_CONVERT notification messages +- +- //filled in by winamp.exe +- wchar_t *error; //if IPC_CONVERTFILE returns 0, the reason will be here +- +- int bytes_done; //you can look at both of these values for speed statistics +- int bytes_total; +- int bytes_out; +- +- int killswitch; // don't set it manually, use IPC_CONVERTFILE_END +- intptr_t extra_data[64]; // for internal winamp use +-} convertFileStructW; +- +- +-#define IPC_CONVERTFILE_END 507 +-/* (requires Winamp 2.92+) +-** Stop/ends a convert process started from IPC_CONVERTFILE +-** You need to call this when you receive the IPC_CB_CONVERTDONE message or when you +-** want to abort a conversion process +-** +-** eg: SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,&myConvertStruct,IPC_CONVERTFILE_END); +-** +-** No return value +-*/ +- +- +-#define IPC_CONVERTFILEW_END 516 +-// (requires Winamp 5.36+) +- +-typedef struct { +- HWND hwndParent; +- int format; +- +- //filled in by winamp.exe +- HWND hwndConfig; +- int extra_data[8]; +- //hack alert! you can set extra_data[6]=mmioFOURCC('I','N','I',' '); and extra_data[7]=(int)my_ini_file; (where my_ini_file is a char*) +-} convertConfigStruct; +- +- +-#define IPC_CONVERT_CONFIG 508 +-#define IPC_CONVERT_CONFIG_END 509 +- +-typedef struct +-{ +- void (*enumProc)(intptr_t user_data, const char *desc, int fourcc); +- intptr_t user_data; +-} converterEnumFmtStruct; +-#define IPC_CONVERT_CONFIG_ENUMFMTS 510 +-/* (requires Winamp 2.92+) +-*/ +- +-typedef struct +-{ +- char cdletter; +- char *playlist_file; +- HWND callback_hwnd; +- +- //filled in by winamp.exe +- char *error; +-} burnCDStruct; +-#define IPC_BURN_CD 511 +-/* (requires Winamp 5.0+) +-*/ +- +-typedef struct +-{ +- convertFileStruct *cfs; +- int priority; +-} convertSetPriority; +- +- +-#define IPC_CONVERT_SET_PRIORITY 512 +- +-typedef struct +-{ +- convertFileStructW *cfs; +- int priority; +-} convertSetPriorityW; +- +- +-#define IPC_CONVERT_SET_PRIORITYW 517 +-// (requires Winamp 5.36+) +- +-typedef struct +-{ +- unsigned int format; //fourcc value +- char *item; // config item, eg "bitrate" +- char *data; // buffer to recieve, or buffer that contains the data +- int len; // length of the data buffer (only used when getting a config item) +- char *configfile; // config file to read from +-} convertConfigItem; +- +- +-#define IPC_CONVERT_CONFIG_SET_ITEM 513 // returns TRUE if successful +-#define IPC_CONVERT_CONFIG_GET_ITEM 514 // returns TRUE if successful +- +- +-typedef struct +-{ +- const char *filename; +- char *title; // 2048 bytes +- int length; +- int force_useformatting; // can set this to 1 if you want to force a url to use title formatting shit +-} waHookTitleStruct; +- +-#define IPC_HOOK_TITLES 850 +-/* (requires Winamp 5.0+) +-** If you hook this message and modify the information then make sure to return TRUE. +-** If you don't hook the message then make sure you pass it on through the subclass chain. +-** +-** LRESULT CALLBACK WinampWndProc(HWND hwnd, UINT umsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam) +-** { +-** LRESULT ret = CallWindowProc((WNDPROC)WinampProc,hwnd,umsg,wParam,lParam); +-** +-** if(message==WM_WA_IPC && lParam==IPC_HOOK_TITLES) +-** { +-** waHookTitleStruct *ht = (waHookTitleStruct *) wParam; +-** // Doing ATF stuff with ht->title, whatever... +-** return TRUE; +-** } +-** return ret; +-** } +-*/ +- +-typedef struct +-{ +- const wchar_t *filename; +- wchar_t *title; // 2048 characters +- int length; +- int force_useformatting; // can set this to 1 if you want to force a url to use title formatting shit +-} waHookTitleStructW; +-#define IPC_HOOK_TITLESW 851 +-/* (requires Winamp 5.3+) +-** See information on IPC_HOOK_TITLES for how to process this. +-*/ +- +- +-#define IPC_GETSADATAFUNC 800 +-// 0: returns a char *export_sa_get() that returns 150 bytes of data +-// 1: returns a export_sa_setreq(int want); +- +- +-#define IPC_GETVUDATAFUNC 801 +-// 0: returns a int export_vu_get(int channel) that returns 0-255 (or -1 for bad channel) +- +- +-#define IPC_ISMAINWNDVISIBLE 900 +-/* (requires Winamp 5.0+) +-** int visible=SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_ISMAINWNDVISIBLE); +-** You send this to Winamp to query if the main window is visible or not such as by +-** unchecking the option in the main right-click menu. If the main window is visible then +-** this will return 1 otherwise it returns 0. +-*/ +- +- +-typedef struct +-{ +- int numElems; +- int *elems; +- HBITMAP bm; // set if you want to override +-} waSetPlColorsStruct; +- +-#define IPC_SETPLEDITCOLORS 920 +-/* (requires Winamp 5.0+) +-** This is sent by gen_ff when a modern skin is being loaded to set the colour scheme for +-** the playlist editor. When sent numElems is usually 6 and matches with the 6 possible +-** colours which are provided be pledit.txt from the classic skins. The elems array is +-** defined as follows: +-** +-** elems = 0 => normal text +-** elems = 1 => current text +-** elems = 2 => normal background +-** elems = 3 => selected background +-** elems = 4 => minibroswer foreground +-** elems = 5 => minibroswer background +-** +-** if(uMsg == WM_WA_IPC && lParam == IPC_SETPLEDITCOLORS) +-** { +-** waSetPlColorsStruct* colStr = (waSetPlColorsStruct*)wp; +-** if(colStr) +-** { +-** // set or inspect the colours being used (basically for gen_ff's benefit) +-** } +-** } +-*/ +- +- +-typedef struct +-{ +- HWND wnd; +- int xpos; // in screen coordinates +- int ypos; +-} waSpawnMenuParms; +- +-// waSpawnMenuParms2 is used by the menubar submenus +-typedef struct +-{ +- HWND wnd; +- int xpos; // in screen coordinates +- int ypos; +- int width; +- int height; +-} waSpawnMenuParms2; +- +-// the following IPC use waSpawnMenuParms as parameter +-#define IPC_SPAWNEQPRESETMENU 933 +-#define IPC_SPAWNFILEMENU 934 //menubar +-#define IPC_SPAWNOPTIONSMENU 935 //menubar +-#define IPC_SPAWNWINDOWSMENU 936 //menubar +-#define IPC_SPAWNHELPMENU 937 //menubar +-#define IPC_SPAWNPLAYMENU 938 //menubar +-#define IPC_SPAWNPEFILEMENU 939 //menubar +-#define IPC_SPAWNPEPLAYLISTMENU 940 //menubar +-#define IPC_SPAWNPESORTMENU 941 //menubar +-#define IPC_SPAWNPEHELPMENU 942 //menubar +-#define IPC_SPAWNMLFILEMENU 943 //menubar +-#define IPC_SPAWNMLVIEWMENU 944 //menubar +-#define IPC_SPAWNMLHELPMENU 945 //menubar +-#define IPC_SPAWNPELISTOFPLAYLISTS 946 +- +- +-#define WM_WA_SYSTRAY WM_USER+1 +-/* This is sent by the system tray when an event happens (you might want to simulate it). +-** +-** if(uMsg == WM_WA_SYSTRAY) +-** { +-** switch(lParam) +-** { +-** // process the messages sent from the tray +-** } +-** } +-*/ +- +- +-#define WM_WA_MPEG_EOF WM_USER+2 +-/* Input plugins send this when they are done playing back the current file to inform +-** Winamp or anyother installed plugins that the current +-** +-** if(uMsg == WM_WA_MPEG_EOF) +-** { +-** // do what is needed here +-** } +-*/ +- +- +-//// video stuff +- +-#define IPC_IS_PLAYING_VIDEO 501 // returns >1 if playing, 0 if not, 1 if old version (so who knows):) +-#define IPC_GET_IVIDEOOUTPUT 500 // see below for IVideoOutput interface +-#define VIDEO_MAKETYPE(A,B,C,D) ((A) | ((B)<<8) | ((C)<<16) | ((D)<<24)) +-#define VIDUSER_SET_INFOSTRING 0x1000 +-#define VIDUSER_GET_VIDEOHWND 0x1001 +-#define VIDUSER_SET_VFLIP 0x1002 +-#define VIDUSER_SET_TRACKSELINTERFACE 0x1003 // give your ITrackSelector interface as param2 +-#define VIDUSER_OPENVIDEORENDERER 0x1004 +-#define VIDUSER_CLOSEVIDEORENDERER 0x1005 +-#define VIDUSER_GETPOPUPMENU 0x1006 +-#define VIDUSER_SET_INFOSTRINGW 0x1007 +- +-typedef struct +-{ +- int w; +- int h; +- int vflip; +- double aspectratio; +- unsigned int fmt; +-} VideoOpenStruct; +- +-#ifndef NO_IVIDEO_DECLARE +-#ifdef __cplusplus +- +-class VideoOutput; +-class SubsItem; +- +-#ifndef _NSV_DEC_IF_H_ +-struct YV12_PLANE { +- unsigned char* baseAddr; +- long rowBytes; +-} ; +- +-struct YV12_PLANES { +- YV12_PLANE y; +- YV12_PLANE u; +- YV12_PLANE v; +-}; +-#endif +- +-class IVideoOutput +-{ +- public: +- virtual ~IVideoOutput() { } +- virtual int open(int w, int h, int vflip, double aspectratio, unsigned int fmt)=0; +- virtual void setcallback(LRESULT (*msgcallback)(void *token, HWND hwnd, UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam), void *token) { (void)token; (void)msgcallback; /* to eliminate warning C4100 */ } +- virtual void close()=0; +- virtual void draw(void *frame)=0; +- virtual void drawSubtitle(SubsItem *item) {UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(item); } +- virtual void showStatusMsg(const char *text) {UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(text); } +- virtual int get_latency() { return 0; } +- virtual void notifyBufferState(int bufferstate) { UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(bufferstate); } /* 0-255*/ +- virtual INT_PTR extended(INT_PTR param1, INT_PTR param2, INT_PTR param3) { UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(param1); UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(param2); UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(param3); return 0; } // Dispatchable, eat this! +-}; +- +-class ITrackSelector +-{ +- public: +- virtual int getNumAudioTracks()=0; +- virtual void enumAudioTrackName(int n, const char *buf, int size)=0; +- virtual int getCurAudioTrack()=0; +- virtual int getNumVideoTracks()=0; +- virtual void enumVideoTrackName(int n, const char *buf, int size)=0; +- virtual int getCurVideoTrack()=0; +- +- virtual void setAudioTrack(int n)=0; +- virtual void setVideoTrack(int n)=0; +-}; +- +-#endif //cplusplus +-#endif//NO_IVIDEO_DECLARE +- +-// these messages are callbacks that you can grab by subclassing the winamp window +- +-// wParam = +-#define IPC_CB_WND_EQ 0 // use one of these for the param +-#define IPC_CB_WND_PE 1 +-#define IPC_CB_WND_MB 2 +-#define IPC_CB_WND_VIDEO 3 +-#define IPC_CB_WND_MAIN 4 +- +-#define IPC_CB_ONSHOWWND 600 +-#define IPC_CB_ONHIDEWND 601 +- +-#define IPC_CB_GETTOOLTIP 602 +- +-#define IPC_CB_MISC 603 +- #define IPC_CB_MISC_TITLE 0 // start of playing/stop/pause +- #define IPC_CB_MISC_VOLUME 1 // volume/pan +- #define IPC_CB_MISC_STATUS 2 // start playing/stop/pause/ffwd/rwd +- #define IPC_CB_MISC_EQ 3 +- #define IPC_CB_MISC_INFO 4 +- #define IPC_CB_MISC_VIDEOINFO 5 +- #define IPC_CB_MISC_TITLE_RATING 6 // (5.5+ for when the rating is changed via the songticker menu on current file) +- +-/* Example of using IPC_CB_MISC_STATUS to detect the start of track playback with 5.x +-** +-** if(lParam == IPC_CB_MISC && wParam == IPC_CB_MISC_STATUS) +-** { +-** if(SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_ISPLAYING) == 1 && +-** !SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_GETOUTPUTTIME)) +-** { +-** char* file = (char*)SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC, +-** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_GETLISTPOS),IPC_GETPLAYLISTFILE); +-** // only output if a valid file was found +-** if(file) +-** { +-** MessageBox(hwnd_winamp,file,"starting",0); +-** // or do something else that you need to do +-** } +-** } +-** } +-*/ +- +- +-#define IPC_CB_CONVERT_STATUS 604 // param value goes from 0 to 100 (percent) +-#define IPC_CB_CONVERT_DONE 605 +- +- +-#define IPC_ADJUST_FFWINDOWSMENUPOS 606 +-/* (requires Winamp 2.9+) +-** int newpos=SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,(WPARAM)adjust_offset,IPC_ADJUST_FFWINDOWSMENUPOS); +-** This will move where Winamp expects the freeform windows in the menubar windows main +-** menu. This is useful if you wish to insert a menu item above extra freeform windows. +-*/ +- +- +-#define IPC_ISDOUBLESIZE 608 +-/* (requires Winamp 5.0+) +-** int dsize=SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_ISDOUBLESIZE); +-** You send this to Winamp to query if the double size mode is enabled or not. +-** If it is on then this will return 1 otherwise it will return 0. +-*/ +- +- +-#define IPC_ADJUST_FFOPTIONSMENUPOS 609 +-/* (requires Winamp 2.9+) +-** int newpos=SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,(WPARAM)adjust_offset,IPC_ADJUST_FFOPTIONSMENUPOS); +-** moves where winamp expects the freeform preferences item in the menubar windows main +-** menu. This is useful if you wish to insert a menu item above the preferences item. +-** +-** Note: This setting was ignored by gen_ff until it was fixed in 5.1 +-** gen_ff would assume thatthe menu position was 11 in all cases and so when you +-** had two plugins attempting to add entries into the main right click menu it +-** would cause the 'colour themes' submenu to either be incorrectly duplicated or +-** to just disappear.instead. +-*/ +- +- +-#define IPC_GETTIMEDISPLAYMODE 610 +-/* (requires Winamp 5.0+) +-** int mode=SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_GETTIMEDISPLAYMODE); +-** This will return the status of the time display i.e. shows time elapsed or remaining. +-** This returns 0 if Winamp is displaying time elapsed or 1 for the time remaining. +-*/ +- +- +-#define IPC_SETVISWND 611 +-/* (requires Winamp 5.0+) +-** int viswnd=(HWND)SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,(WPARAM)(HWND)viswnd,IPC_SETVISWND); +-** This allows you to set a window to receive the following message commands (which are +-** used as part of the modern skin integration). +-** When you have finished or your visualisation is closed then send wParam as zero to +-** ensure that things are correctly tidied up. +-*/ +- +-/* The following messages are received as the LOWORD(wParam) of the WM_COMMAND message. +-** See %SDK%\winamp\wa5vis.txt for more info about visualisation integration in Winamp. +-*/ +-#define ID_VIS_NEXT 40382 +-#define ID_VIS_PREV 40383 +-#define ID_VIS_RANDOM 40384 +-#define ID_VIS_FS 40389 +-#define ID_VIS_CFG 40390 +-#define ID_VIS_MENU 40391 +- +- +-#define IPC_GETVISWND 612 +-/* (requires Winamp 5.0+) +-** int viswnd=(HWND)SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_GETVISWND); +-** This returns a HWND to the visualisation command handler window if set by IPC_SETVISWND. +-*/ +- +- +-#define IPC_ISVISRUNNING 613 +-/* (requires Winamp 5.0+) +-** int visrunning=SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_ISVISRUNNING); +-** This will return 1 if a visualisation is currently running and 0 if one is not running. +-*/ +- +- +-#define IPC_CB_VISRANDOM 628 // param is status of random +- +- +-#define IPC_SETIDEALVIDEOSIZE 614 +-/* (requires Winamp 5.0+) +-** This is sent by Winamp back to itself so it can be trapped and adjusted as needed with +-** the desired width in HIWORD(wParam) and the desired height in LOWORD(wParam). +-** +-** if(uMsg == WM_WA_IPC){ +-** if(lParam == IPC_SETIDEALVIDEOSIZE){ +-** wParam = MAKEWPARAM(height,width); +-** } +-** } +-*/ +- +- +-#define IPC_GETSTOPONVIDEOCLOSE 615 +-/* (requires Winamp 5.0+) +-** int sovc=SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_GETSTOPONVIDEOCLOSE); +-** This will return 1 if 'stop on video close' is enabled and 0 if it is disabled. +-*/ +- +- +-#define IPC_SETSTOPONVIDEOCLOSE 616 +-/* (requires Winamp 5.0+) +-** int sovc=SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,enabled,IPC_SETSTOPONVIDEOCLOSE); +-** Set enabled to 1 to enable and 0 to disable the 'stop on video close' option. +-*/ +- +- +-typedef struct { +- HWND hwnd; +- int uMsg; +- WPARAM wParam; +- LPARAM lParam; +-} transAccelStruct; +- +-#define IPC_TRANSLATEACCELERATOR 617 +-/* (requires Winamp 5.0+) +-** (deprecated as of 5.53x+) +-*/ +- +-typedef struct { +- int cmd; +- int x; +- int y; +- int align; +-} windowCommand; // send this as param to an IPC_PLCMD, IPC_MBCMD, IPC_VIDCMD +- +- +-#define IPC_CB_ONTOGGLEAOT 618 +- +- +-#define IPC_GETPREFSWND 619 +-/* (requires Winamp 5.0+) +-** HWND prefs = (HWND)SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_GETPREFSWND); +-** This will return a handle to the preferences dialog if it is open otherwise it will +-** return zero. A simple check with the OS api IsWindow(..) is a good test if it's valid. +-** +-** e.g. this will open (or close if already open) the preferences dialog and show if we +-** managed to get a valid +-** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_COMMAND,MAKEWPARAM(WINAMP_OPTIONS_PREFS,0),0); +-** MessageBox(hwnd_winamp,(IsWindow((HWND)SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_GETPREFSWND))?"Valid":"Not Open"),0,MB_OK); +-*/ +- +- +-#define IPC_SET_PE_WIDTHHEIGHT 620 +-/* (requires Winamp 5.0+) +-** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,(WPARAM)&point,IPC_SET_PE_WIDTHHEIGHT); +-** You pass a pointer to a POINT structure which holds the width and height and Winamp +-** will set the playlist editor to that size (this is used by gen_ff on skin changes). +-** There does not appear to be any bounds limiting with this so it is possible to create +-** a zero size playlist editor window (which is a pretty silly thing to do). +-*/ +- +- +-#define IPC_GETLANGUAGEPACKINSTANCE 621 +-/* (requires Winamp 5.0+) +-** HINSTANCE hInst = (HINSTANCE)SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_GETLANGUAGEPACKINSTANCE); +-** This will return the HINSTANCE to the currently used language pack file for winamp.exe +-** +-** (5.5+) +-** If you pass 1 in wParam then you will have zero returned if a language pack is in use. +-** if(!SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,1,IPC_GETLANGUAGEPACKINSTANCE)){ +-** // winamp is currently using a language pack +-** } +-** +-** If you pass 2 in wParam then you will get the path to the language pack folder. +-** wchar_t* lngpackfolder = (wchar_t*)SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,2,IPC_GETLANGUAGEPACKINSTANCE); +-** +-** If you pass 3 in wParam then you will get the path to the currently extracted language pack. +-** wchar_t* lngpack = (wchar_t*)SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,3,IPC_GETLANGUAGEPACKINSTANCE); +-** +-** If you pass 4 in wParam then you will get the name of the currently used language pack. +-** wchar_t* lngname = (char*)SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,4,IPC_GETLANGUAGEPACKINSTANCE); +-*/ +-#define LANG_IDENT_STR 0 +-#define LANG_LANG_CODE 1 +-#define LANG_COUNTRY_CODE 2 +-/* +-** (5.51+) +-** If you pass 5 in LOWORD(wParam) then you will get the ident string/code string +-** (based on the param passed in the HIWORD(wParam) of the currently used language pack. +-** The string returned with LANG_IDENT_STR is used to represent the language that the +-** language pack is intended for following ISO naming conventions for consistancy. +-** +-** wchar_t* ident_str = (wchar_t*)SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,MAKEWPARAM(5,LANG_XXX),IPC_GETLANGUAGEPACKINSTANCE); +-** +-** e.g. +-** For the default language it will return the following for the different LANG_XXX codes +-** LANG_IDENT_STR -> "en-US" (max buffer size of this is 9 wchar_t) +-** LANG_LANG_CODE -> "en" (language code) +-** LANG_COUNTRY_CODE -> "US" (country code) +-** +-** On pre 5.51 installs you can get LANG_IDENT_STR using the following method +-** (you'll have to custom process the string returned if you want the langugage or country but that's easy ;) ) +-** +-** #define LANG_PACK_LANG_ID 65534 (if you don't have lang.h) +-** HINSTANCE hInst = (HINSTANCE)SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_GETLANGUAGEPACKINSTANCE); +-** TCHAR buffer[9] = {0}; +-** LoadString(hInst,LANG_PACK_LANG_ID,buffer,sizeof(buffer)); +-** +-** +-** +-** The following example shows how using the basic api will allow you to load the playlist +-** context menu resource from the currently loaded language pack or it will fallback to +-** the default winamp.exe instance. +-** +-** HINSTANCE lang = (HINSTANCE)SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_GETLANGUAGEPACKINSTANCE); +-** HMENU popup = GetSubMenu(GetSubMenu((LoadMenu(lang?lang:GetModuleHandle(0),MAKEINTRESOURCE(101))),2),5); +-** // do processing as needed on the menu before displaying it +-** TrackPopupMenuEx(orig,TPM_LEFTALIGN|TPM_LEFTBUTTON|TPM_RIGHTBUTTON,rc.left,rc.bottom,hwnd_owner,0); +-** DestroyMenu(popup); +-** +-** If you need a specific menu handle then look at IPC_GET_HMENU for more information. +-*/ +- +- +-#define IPC_CB_PEINFOTEXT 622 // data is a string, ie: "04:21/45:02" +- +- +-#define IPC_CB_OUTPUTCHANGED 623 // output plugin was changed in config +- +- +-#define IPC_GETOUTPUTPLUGIN 625 +-/* (requires Winamp 5.0+) +-** char* outdll = (char*)SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_GETOUTPUTPLUGIN); +-** This returns a string of the current output plugin's dll name. +-** e.g. if the directsound plugin was selected then this would return 'out_ds.dll'. +-*/ +- +- +-#define IPC_SETDRAWBORDERS 626 +-/* (requires Winamp 5.0+) +-** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,enabled,IPC_SETDRAWBORDERS); +-** Set enabled to 1 to enable and 0 to disable drawing of the playlist editor and winamp +-** gen class windows (used by gen_ff to allow it to draw its own window borders). +-*/ +- +- +-#define IPC_DISABLESKINCURSORS 627 +-/* (requires Winamp 5.0+) +-** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,enabled,IPC_DISABLESKINCURSORS); +-** Set enabled to 1 to enable and 0 to disable the use of skinned cursors. +-*/ +- +- +-#define IPC_GETSKINCURSORS 628 +-/* (requires Winamp 5.36+) +-** data = (WACURSOR)cursorId. (check wa_dlg.h for values) +-*/ +- +- +-#define IPC_CB_RESETFONT 629 +- +- +-#define IPC_IS_FULLSCREEN 630 +-/* (requires Winamp 5.0+) +-** int val=SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_IS_FULLSCREEN); +-** This will return 1 if the video or visualisation is in fullscreen mode or 0 otherwise. +-*/ +- +- +-#define IPC_SET_VIS_FS_FLAG 631 +-/* (requires Winamp 5.0+) +-** A vis should send this message with 1/as param to notify winamp that it has gone to or has come back from fullscreen mode +-*/ +- +- +-#define IPC_SHOW_NOTIFICATION 632 +- +- +-#define IPC_GETSKININFO 633 +-#define IPC_GETSKININFOW 1633 +-/* (requires Winamp 5.0+) +-** This is a notification message sent to the main Winamp window by itself whenever it +-** needs to get information to be shown about the current skin in the 'Current skin +-** information' box on the main Skins page in the Winamp preferences. +-** +-** When this notification is received and the current skin is one you are providing the +-** support for then you return a valid buffer for Winamp to be able to read from with +-** information about it such as the name of the skin file. +-** +-** if(uMsg == WM_WA_IPC && lParam == IPC_GETSKININFO){ +-** if(is_our_skin()){ +-** return is_our_skin_name(); +-** } +-** } +-*/ +- +- +-#define IPC_GET_MANUALPLADVANCE 634 +-/* (requires Winamp 5.03+) +-** int val=SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_GET_MANUALPLADVANCE); +-** IPC_GET_MANUALPLADVANCE returns the status of the Manual Playlist Advance. +-** If enabled this will return 1 otherwise it will return 0. +-*/ +- +- +-#define IPC_SET_MANUALPLADVANCE 635 +-/* (requires Winamp 5.03+) +-** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,value,IPC_SET_MANUALPLADVANCE); +-** IPC_SET_MANUALPLADVANCE sets the status of the Manual Playlist Advance option. +-** Set value = 1 to turn it on and value = 0 to turn it off. +-*/ +- +- +-#define IPC_GET_NEXT_PLITEM 636 +-/* (requires Winamp 5.04+) +-** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_EOF_GET_NEXT_PLITEM); +-** +-** Sent to Winamp's main window when an item has just finished playback or the next +-** button has been pressed and requesting the new playlist item number to go to. +-** +-** Subclass this message in your application to return the new item number. +-** Return -1 for normal Winamp operation (default) or the new item number in +-** the playlist to be played instead of the originally selected next track. +-** +-** This is primarily provided for the JTFE plugin (gen_jumpex.dll). +-*/ +- +- +-#define IPC_GET_PREVIOUS_PLITEM 637 +-/* (requires Winamp 5.04+) +-** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_EOF_GET_PREVIOUS_PLITEM); +-** +-** Sent to Winamp's main window when the previous button has been pressed and Winamp is +-** requesting the new playlist item number to go to. +-** +-** Return -1 for normal Winamp operation (default) or the new item number in +-** the playlist to be played instead of the originally selected previous track. +-** +-** This is primarily provided for the JTFE plugin (gen_jumpex.dll). +-*/ +- +- +-#define IPC_IS_WNDSHADE 638 +-/* (requires Winamp 5.04+) +-** int is_shaded=SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,wnd,IPC_IS_WNDSHADE); +-** Pass 'wnd' as an id as defined for IPC_GETWND or pass -1 to query the status of the +-** main window. This returns 1 if the window is in winshade mode and 0 if it is not. +-** Make sure you only test for this on a 5.04+ install otherwise you get a false result. +-** (See the notes about unhandled WM_WA_IPC messages). +-*/ +- +- +-#define IPC_SETRATING 639 +-/* (requires Winamp 5.04+ with ML) +-** int rating=SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,rating,IPC_SETRATING); +-** This will allow you to set the 'rating' on the current playlist entry where 'rating' +-** is an integer value from 0 (no rating) to 5 (5 stars). +-** +-** The following example should correctly allow you to set the rating for any specified +-** playlist entry assuming of course that you're trying to get a valid playlist entry. +-** +-** void SetPlaylistItemRating(int item_to_set, int rating_to_set){ +-** int cur_pos=SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_GETLISTPOS); +-** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,item_to_set,IPC_SETPLAYLISTPOS); +-** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,rating_to_set,IPC_SETRATING); +-** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,cur_pos,IPC_SETPLAYLISTPOS); +-** } +-*/ +- +- +-#define IPC_GETRATING 640 +-/* (requires Winamp 5.04+ with ML) +-** int rating=SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_GETRATING); +-** This returns the current playlist entry's rating between 0 (no rating) to 5 (5 stars). +-** +-** The following example should correctly allow you to get the rating for any specified +-** playlist entry assuming of course that you're trying to get a valid playlist entry. +-** +-** int GetPlaylistItemRating(int item_to_get, int rating_to_set){ +-** int cur_pos=SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_GETLISTPOS), rating = 0; +-** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,item_to_get,IPC_SETPLAYLISTPOS); +-** rating = SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_GETRATING); +-** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,cur_pos,IPC_SETPLAYLISTPOS); +-** return rating; +-** } +-*/ +- +- +-#define IPC_GETNUMAUDIOTRACKS 641 +-/* (requires Winamp 5.04+) +-** int n = SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_GETNUMAUDIOTRACKS); +-** This will return the number of audio tracks available from the currently playing item. +-*/ +- +- +-#define IPC_GETNUMVIDEOTRACKS 642 +-/* (requires Winamp 5.04+) +-** int n = SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_GETNUMVIDEOTRACKS); +-** This will return the number of video tracks available from the currently playing item. +-*/ +- +- +-#define IPC_GETAUDIOTRACK 643 +-/* (requires Winamp 5.04+) +-** int cur = SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_GETAUDIOTRACK); +-** This will return the id of the current audio track for the currently playing item. +-*/ +- +- +-#define IPC_GETVIDEOTRACK 644 +-/* (requires Winamp 5.04+) +-** int cur = SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_GETVIDEOTRACK); +-** This will return the id of the current video track for the currently playing item. +-*/ +- +- +-#define IPC_SETAUDIOTRACK 645 +-/* (requires Winamp 5.04+) +-** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,track,IPC_SETAUDIOTRACK); +-** This allows you to switch to a new audio track (if supported) in the current playing file. +-*/ +- +- +-#define IPC_SETVIDEOTRACK 646 +-/* (requires Winamp 5.04+) +-** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,track,IPC_SETVIDEOTRACK); +-** This allows you to switch to a new video track (if supported) in the current playing file. +-*/ +- +- +-#define IPC_PUSH_DISABLE_EXIT 647 +-/* (requires Winamp 5.04+) +-** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_PUSH_DISABLE_EXIT); +-** This will let you disable or re-enable the UI exit functions (close button, context +-** menu, alt-f4). Remember to call IPC_POP_DISABLE_EXIT when you are done doing whatever +-** was required that needed to prevent exit otherwise you have to kill the Winamp process. +-*/ +- +- +-#define IPC_POP_DISABLE_EXIT 648 +-/* (requires Winamp 5.04+) +-** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_POP_DISABLE_EXIT); +-** See IPC_PUSH_DISABLE_EXIT +-*/ +- +- +-#define IPC_IS_EXIT_ENABLED 649 +-/* (requires Winamp 5.04+) +-** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_IS_EXIT_ENABLED); +-** This will return 0 if the 'exit' option of Winamp's menu is disabled and 1 otherwise. +-*/ +- +- +-#define IPC_IS_AOT 650 +-/* (requires Winamp 5.04+) +-** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_IS_AOT); +-** This will return the status of the always on top flag. +-** Note: This may not match the actual TOPMOST window flag while another fullscreen +-** application is focused if the user has the 'Disable always on top while fullscreen +-** applications are focused' option under the General Preferences page is checked. +-*/ +- +- +-#define IPC_USES_RECYCLEBIN 651 +-/* (requires Winamp 5.09+) +-** int use_bin=SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_USES_RECYCLEBIN); +-** This will return 1 if the deleted file should be sent to the recycle bin or +-** 0 if deleted files should be deleted permanently (default action for < 5.09). +-** +-** Note: if you use this on pre 5.09 installs of Winamp then it will return 1 which is +-** not correct but is due to the way that SendMessage(..) handles un-processed messages. +-** Below is a quick case for checking if the returned value is correct. +-** +-** if(SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_USES_RECYCLEBIN) && +-** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_GETVERSION)>=0x5009) +-** { +-** // can safely follow the option to recycle the file +-** } +-** else +-* { +-** // need to do a permanent delete of the file +-** } +-*/ +- +- +-#define IPC_FLUSHAUDITS 652 +-/* +-** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_FLUSHAUDITS); +-** +-** Will flush any pending audits in the global audits queue +-** +-*/ +- +-#define IPC_GETPLAYITEM_START 653 +-#define IPC_GETPLAYITEM_END 654 +- +- +-#define IPC_GETVIDEORESIZE 655 +-#define IPC_SETVIDEORESIZE 656 +- +- +-#define IPC_INITIAL_SHOW_STATE 657 +-/* (requires Winamp 5.36+) +-** int show_state = SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_INITIAL_SHOW_STATE); +-** returns the processed value of nCmdShow when Winamp was started +-** (see MSDN documentation the values passed to WinMain(..) for what this should be) +-** +-** e.g. +-** if(SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_INITIAL_SHOW_STATE) == SW_SHOWMINIMIZED){ +-** // we are starting minimised so process as needed (keep our window hidden) +-** } +-** +-** Useful for seeing if winamp was run minimised on startup so you can act accordingly. +-** On pre-5.36 versions this will effectively return SW_NORMAL/SW_SHOWNORMAL due to the +-** handling of unknown apis returning 1 from Winamp. +-*/ +- +-// >>>>>>>>>>> Next is 658 +- +-#define IPC_PLCMD 1000 +- +-#define PLCMD_ADD 0 +-#define PLCMD_REM 1 +-#define PLCMD_SEL 2 +-#define PLCMD_MISC 3 +-#define PLCMD_LIST 4 +- +-//#define IPC_MBCMD 1001 +- +-#define MBCMD_BACK 0 +-#define MBCMD_FORWARD 1 +-#define MBCMD_STOP 2 +-#define MBCMD_RELOAD 3 +-#define MBCMD_MISC 4 +- +-#define IPC_VIDCMD 1002 +- +-#define VIDCMD_FULLSCREEN 0 +-#define VIDCMD_1X 1 +-#define VIDCMD_2X 2 +-#define VIDCMD_LIB 3 +-#define VIDPOPUP_MISC 4 +- +-//#define IPC_MBURL 1003 //sets the URL +-//#define IPC_MBGETCURURL 1004 //copies the current URL into wParam (have a 4096 buffer ready) +-//#define IPC_MBGETDESC 1005 //copies the current URL description into wParam (have a 4096 buffer ready) +-//#define IPC_MBCHECKLOCFILE 1006 //checks that the link file is up to date (otherwise updates it). wParam=parent HWND +-//#define IPC_MBREFRESH 1007 //refreshes the "now playing" view in the library +-//#define IPC_MBGETDEFURL 1008 //copies the default URL into wParam (have a 4096 buffer ready) +- +-#define IPC_STATS_LIBRARY_ITEMCNT 1300 // updates library count status +- +-/* +-** IPC's in the message range 2000 - 3000 are reserved internally for freeform messages. +-** These messages are taken from ff_ipc.h which is part of the Modern skin integration. +-*/ +- +-#define IPC_FF_FIRST 2000 +- +-#define IPC_FF_COLOURTHEME_CHANGE IPC_FF_ONCOLORTHEMECHANGED +-#define IPC_FF_ONCOLORTHEMECHANGED IPC_FF_FIRST + 3 +-/* +-** This is a notification message sent when the user changes the colour theme in a Modern +-** skin and can also be detected when the Modern skin is first loaded as the gen_ff plugin +-** applies relevant settings and styles (like the colour theme). +-** +-** The value of wParam is the name of the new color theme being switched to. +-** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,(WPARAM)(const char*)colour_theme_name,IPC_FF_ONCOLORTHEMECHANGED); +-** +-** (IPC_FF_COLOURTHEME_CHANGE is the name i (DrO) was using before getting a copy of +-** ff_ipc.h with the proper name in it). +-*/ +- +- +-#define IPC_FF_ISMAINWND IPC_FF_FIRST + 4 +-/* +-** int ismainwnd = (HWND)SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,(WPARAM)(HWND)test_wnd,IPC_FF_ISMAINWND); +-** +-** This allows you to determine if the window handle passed to it is a modern skin main +-** window or not. If it is a main window or any of its windowshade variants then it will +-** return 1. +-** +-** Because of the way modern skins are implemented, it is possible for this message to +-** return a positive test result for a number of window handles within the current Winamp +-** process. This appears to be because you can have a visible main window, a compact main +-** window and also a winshaded version. +-** +-** The following code example below is one way of seeing how this api works since it will +-** enumerate all windows related to Winamp at the time and allows you to process as +-** required when a detection happens. +-** +-** +-** EnumThreadWindows(GetCurrentThreadId(),enumWndProc,0); +-** +-** BOOL CALLBACK enumWndProc(HWND hwnd, LPARAM lParam){ +-** +-** if(SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,(WPARAM)hwnd,IPC_FF_ISMAINWND)){ +-** // do processing in here +-** // or continue the enum for other main windows (if they exist) +-** // and just comment out the line below +-** return 0; +-** } +-** return 1; +-** } +-*/ +- +- +-#define IPC_FF_GETCONTENTWND IPC_FF_FIRST + 5 +-/* +-** HWND wa2embed = (HWND)SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,(WPARAM)(HWND)test_wnd,IPC_FF_GETCONTENTWND); +-** +-** This will return the Winamp 2 window that is embedded in the window's container +-** i.e. if hwnd is the playlist editor windowshade hwnd then it will return the Winamp 2 +-** playlist editor hwnd. +-** +-** If no content is found such as the window has nothing embedded then this will return +-** the hwnd passed to it. +-*/ +- +- +-#define IPC_FF_NOTIFYHOTKEY IPC_FF_FIRST + 6 +-/* +-** This is a notification message sent when the user uses a global hotkey combination +-** which had been registered with the gen_hotkeys plugin. +-** +-** The value of wParam is the description of the hotkey as passed to gen_hotkeys. +-** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,(WPARAM)(const char*)hotkey_desc,IPC_FF_NOTIFYHOTKEY); +-*/ +- +-#define IPC_FF_LAST 3000 +- +- +-/* +-** General IPC messages in Winamp +-** +-** All notification messages appear in the lParam of the main window message proceedure. +-*/ +- +- +-#define IPC_GETDROPTARGET 3001 +-/* (requires Winamp 5.0+) +-** IDropTarget* IDrop = (IDropTarget*)SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_GETDROPTARGET); +-** +-** You call this to retrieve a copy of the IDropTarget interface which Winamp created for +-** handling external drag and drop operations on to it's Windows. This is only really +-** useful if you're providing an alternate interface and want your Windows to provide the +-** same drag and drop support as Winamp normally provides the user. Check out MSDN or +-** your prefered search facility for more information about the IDropTarget interface and +-** what's needed to handle it in your own instance. +-*/ +- +- +-#define IPC_PLAYLIST_MODIFIED 3002 +-/* (requires Winamp 5.0+) +-** This is a notification message sent to the main Winamp window whenever the playlist is +-** modified in any way e.g. the addition/removal of a playlist entry. +-** +-** It is not a good idea to do large amounts of processing in this notification since it +-** will slow down Winamp as playlist entries are modified (especially when you're adding +-** in a large playlist). +-** +-** if(uMsg == WM_WA_IPC && lParam == IPC_PLAYLIST_MODIFIED) +-** { +-** // do what you need to do here +-** } +-*/ +- +- +-#define IPC_PLAYING_FILE 3003 +-/* (requires Winamp 5.0+) +-** This is a notification message sent to the main Winamp window when playback begins for +-** a file. This passes the full filepath in the wParam of the message received. +-** +-** if(uMsg == WM_WA_IPC && lParam == IPC_PLAYING_FILE) +-** { +-** // do what you need to do here, e.g. +-** process_file((char*)wParam); +-** } +-*/ +- +- +-#define IPC_PLAYING_FILEW 13003 +-/* (requires Winamp 5.0+) +-** This is a notification message sent to the main Winamp window when playback begins for +-** a file. This passes the full filepath in the wParam of the message received. +-** +-** if(uMsg == WM_WA_IPC && lParam == IPC_PLAYING_FILEW) +-** { +-** // do what you need to do here, e.g. +-** process_file((wchar_t*)wParam); +-** } +-*/ +- +- +-#define IPC_FILE_TAG_MAY_HAVE_UPDATED 3004 +-#define IPC_FILE_TAG_MAY_HAVE_UPDATEDW 3005 +-/* (requires Winamp 5.0+) +-** This is a notification message sent to the main Winamp window when a file's tag +-** (e.g. id3) may have been updated. This appears to be sent when the InfoBox(..) function +-** of the associated input plugin returns a 1 (which is the file information dialog/editor +-** call normally). +-** +-** if(uMsg == WM_WA_IPC && lParam == IPC_FILE_TAG_MAY_HAVE_UPDATED) +-** { +-** // do what you need to do here, e.g. +-** update_info_on_file_update((char*)wParam); +-** } +-*/ +- +- +-#define IPC_ALLOW_PLAYTRACKING 3007 +-/* (requires Winamp 5.0+) +-** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,allow,IPC_ALLOW_PLAYTRACKING); +-** Send allow as nonzero to allow play tracking and zero to disable the mode. +-*/ +- +- +-#define IPC_HOOK_OKTOQUIT 3010 +-/* (requires Winamp 5.0+) +-** This is a notification message sent to the main Winamp window asking if it's okay to +-** close or not. Return zero to prevent Winamp from closing or return anything non-zero +-** to allow Winamp to close. +-** +-** The best implementation of this option is to let the message pass through to the +-** original window proceedure since another plugin may want to have a say in the matter +-** with regards to Winamp closing. +-** +-** if(uMsg == WM_WA_IPC && lParam == IPC_HOOK_OKTOQUIT) +-** { +-** // do what you need to do here, e.g. +-** if(no_shut_down()) +-** { +-** return 1; +-** } +-** } +-*/ +- +- +-#define IPC_WRITECONFIG 3011 +-/* (requires Winamp 5.0+) +-** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,write_type,IPC_WRITECONFIG); +-** +-** Send write_type as 2 to write all config settings and the current playlist. +-** +-** Send write_type as 1 to write the playlist and common settings. +-** This won't save the following ini settings:: +-** +-** defext, titlefmt, proxy, visplugin_name, dspplugin_name, check_ft_startup, +-** visplugin_num, pe_fontsize, visplugin_priority, visplugin_autoexec, dspplugin_num, +-** sticon, splash, taskbar, dropaotfs, ascb_new, ttips, riol, minst, whichicon, +-** whichicon2, addtolist, snap, snaplen, parent, hilite, disvis, rofiob, shownumsinpl, +-** keeponscreen, eqdsize, usecursors, fixtitles, priority, shuffle_morph_rate, +-** useexttitles, bifont, inet_mode, ospb, embedwnd_freesize, no_visseh +-** (the above was valid for 5.1) +-** +-** Send write_type as 0 to write the common and less common settings and no playlist. +-*/ +- +- +-#define IPC_UPDATE_URL 3012 +-// pass the URL (char *) in lparam, will be free()'d on done. +- +- +-#define IPC_GET_RANDFUNC 3015 // returns a function to get a random number +-/* (requires Winamp 5.1+) +-** int (*randfunc)(void) = (int(*)(void))SendMessage(plugin.hwndParent,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_GET_RANDFUNC); +-** if(randfunc && randfunc != 1){ +-** randfunc(); +-** } +-** +-** This will return a positive 32-bit number (essentially 31-bit). +-** The check for a returned value of 1 is because that's the default return value from +-** SendMessage(..) when it is not handled so is good to check for it in this situation. +-*/ +- +- +-#define IPC_METADATA_CHANGED 3017 +-/* (requires Winamp 5.1+) +-** int changed=SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,(WPARAM)(char*)field,IPC_METADATA_CHANGED); +-** a plugin can SendMessage this to winamp if internal metadata has changes. +-** wParam should be a char * of what field changed +-** +-** Currently used for internal actions (and very few at that) the intent of this api is +-** to allow a plugin to call it when metadata has changed in the current playlist entry +-** e.g.a new id3v2 tag was found in a stream +-** +-** The wparam value can either be NULL or a pointer to an ansi string for the metadata +-** which has changed. This can be thought of as an advanced version of IPC_UPDTITLE and +-** could be used to allow for update of the current title when a specific tag changed. +-** +-** Not recommended to be used since there is not the complete handling implemented in +-** Winamp for it at the moment. +-*/ +- +- +-#define IPC_SKIN_CHANGED 3018 +-/* (requires Winamp 5.1+) +-** This is a notification message sent to the main Winamp window by itself whenever +-** the skin in use is changed. There is no information sent by the wParam for this. +-** +-** if(message == WM_WA_IPC && lparam == IPC_SKIN_CHANGED) +-** { +-** // do what you need to do to handle skin changes, e.g. call WADlg_init(hwnd_winamp); +-** } +-*/ +- +- +-#define IPC_REGISTER_LOWORD_COMMAND 3019 +-/* (requires Winamp 5.1+) +-** WORD id = SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_REGISTER_LOWORD_COMMAND); +-** This will assign you a unique id for making your own commands such as for extra menu +-** entries. The starting value returned by this message will potentially change as and +-** when the main resource file of Winamp is updated with extra data so assumptions cannot +-** be made on what will be returned and plugin loading order will affect things as well. +- +-** 5.33+ +-** If you want to reserve more than one id, you can pass the number of ids required in wParam +-*/ +- +- +-#define IPC_GET_DISPATCH_OBJECT 3020 // gets winamp main IDispatch * (for embedded webpages) +-#define IPC_GET_UNIQUE_DISPATCH_ID 3021 // gives you a unique dispatch ID that won't conflict with anything in winamp's IDispatch * +-#define IPC_ADD_DISPATCH_OBJECT 3022 // add your own dispatch object into winamp's. This lets embedded webpages access your functions +-// pass a pointer to DispatchInfo (see below). Winamp makes a copy of all this data so you can safely delete it later +-typedef struct +-{ +- wchar_t *name; // filled in by plugin, make sure it's a unicode string!! (i.e. L"myObject" instead of "myObject). +- struct IDispatch *dispatch; // filled in by plugin +- DWORD id; // filled in by winamp on return +-} DispatchInfo; +- +-// see IPC_JSAPI2_GET_DISPATCH_OBJECT for version 2 of the Dispatchable scripting interface +- +-#define IPC_GET_PROXY_STRING 3023 +-/* (requires Winamp 5.11+) +-** char* proxy_string=(char*)SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_GET_PROXY_STRING); +-** This will return the same string as is shown on the General Preferences page. +-*/ +- +- +-#define IPC_USE_REGISTRY 3024 +-/* (requires Winamp 5.11+) +-** int reg_enabled=SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_USE_REGISTRY); +-** This will return 0 if you should leave your grubby hands off the registry (i.e. for +-** lockdown mode). This is useful if Winamp is run from a USB drive and you can't alter +-** system settings, etc. +-*/ +- +- +-#define IPC_GET_API_SERVICE 3025 +-/* (requires Winamp 5.12+) +-** api_service* api_service = (api_service)SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_GET_API_SERVICE); +-** This api will return Winamp's api_service pointer (which is what Winamp3 used, heh). +-** If this api is not supported in the Winamp version that is being used at the time then +-** the returned value from this api will be 1 which is a good version check. +-** +-** As of 5.12 there is support for .w5s plugins which reside in %WinampDir%\System and +-** are intended for common code that can be shared amongst other plugins e.g. jnetlib.w5s +-** which contains jnetlib in one instance instead of being duplicated multiple times in +-** all of the plugins which need internet access. +-** +-** Details on the .w5s specifications will come at some stage (possibly). +-*/ +- +- +-typedef struct { +- const wchar_t *filename; +- const wchar_t *metadata; +- wchar_t *ret; +- size_t retlen; +-} extendedFileInfoStructW; +- +-#define IPC_GET_EXTENDED_FILE_INFOW 3026 +-/* (requires Winamp 5.13+) +-** Pass a pointer to the above struct in wParam +-*/ +- +- +-#define IPC_GET_EXTENDED_FILE_INFOW_HOOKABLE 3027 +-#define IPC_SET_EXTENDED_FILE_INFOW 3028 +-/* (requires Winamp 5.13+) +-** Pass a pointer to the above struct in wParam +-*/ +- +- +-#define IPC_PLAYLIST_GET_NEXT_SELECTED 3029 +-/* (requires 5.2+) +-** int pl_item = SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,start,IPC_PLAYLIST_GET_NEXT_SELECTED); +-** +-** This works just like the ListView_GetNextItem(..) macro for ListView controls. +-** 'start' is the index of the playlist item that you want to begin the search after or +-** set this as -1 for the search to begin with the first item of the current playlist. +-** +-** This will return the index of the selected playlist according to the 'start' value or +-** it returns -1 if there is no selection or no more selected items according to 'start'. +-** +-** Quick example: +-** +-** int sel = -1; +-** // keep incrementing the start of the search so we get all of the selected entries +-** while((sel = SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,sel,IPC_PLAYLIST_GET_NEXT_SELECTED))!=-1){ +-** // show the playlist file entry of the selected item(s) if there were any +-** MessageBox(hwnd_winamp,(char*)SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,sel,IPC_GETPLAYLISTFILE),0,0); +-** } +-*/ +- +- +-#define IPC_PLAYLIST_GET_SELECTED_COUNT 3030 +-/* (requires 5.2+) +-** int selcnt = SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_PLAYLIST_GET_SELECTED_COUNT); +-** This will return the number of selected playlist entries. +-*/ +- +- +-#define IPC_GET_PLAYING_FILENAME 3031 +-// returns wchar_t * of the currently playing filename +- +-#define IPC_OPEN_URL 3032 +-// send either ANSI or Unicode string (it'll figure it out, but it MUST start with "h"!, so don't send ftp:// or anything funny) +-// you can also send this one from another process via WM_COPYDATA (unicode only) +- +- +-#define IPC_USE_UXTHEME_FUNC 3033 +-/* (requires Winamp 5.35+) +-** int ret = SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,param,IPC_USE_UXTHEME_FUNC); +-** param can be IPC_ISWINTHEMEPRESENT or IPC_ISAEROCOMPOSITIONACTIVE or a valid hwnd. +-** +-** If you pass a hwnd then it will apply EnableThemeDialogTexture(ETDT_ENABLETAB) +-** so your tabbed dialogs can use the correct theme (on supporting OSes ie XP+). +-** +-** Otherwise this will return a value based on the param passed (as defined below). +-** For compatability, the return value will be zero on success (as 1 is returned +-** for unsupported ipc calls on older Winamp versions) +-*/ +- #define IPC_ISWINTHEMEPRESENT 0 +-/* This will return 0 if uxtheme.dll is present +-** int isthemethere = !SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,IPC_ISWINTHEMEPRESENT,IPC_USE_UXTHEME_FUNC); +-*/ +- #define IPC_ISAEROCOMPOSITIONACTIVE 1 +-/* This will return 0 if aero composition is active +-** int isaero = !SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,IPC_ISAEROCOMPOSITIONACTIVE,IPC_USE_UXTHEME_FUNC); +-*/ +- +- +-#define IPC_GET_PLAYING_TITLE 3034 +-// returns wchar_t * of the current title +- +- +-#define IPC_CANPLAY 3035 +-// pass const wchar_t *, returns an in_mod * or 0 +- +- +-typedef struct { +- // fill these in... +- size_t size; // init to sizeof(artFetchData) +- HWND parent; // parent window of the dialogue +- +- // fill as much of these in as you can, otherwise leave them 0 +- const wchar_t *artist; +- const wchar_t *album; +- int year, amgArtistId, amgAlbumId; +- +- int showCancelAll; // if set to 1, this shows a "Cancel All" button on the dialogue +- +- // winamp will fill these in if the call returns successfully: +- void* imgData; // a buffer filled with compressed image data. free with WASABI_API_MEMMGR->sysFree() +- int imgDataLen; // the size of the buffer +- wchar_t type[10]; // eg: "jpg" +- const wchar_t *gracenoteFileId; // if you know it +-} artFetchData; +- +-#define IPC_FETCH_ALBUMART 3036 +-/* pass an artFetchData*. This will show a dialog guiding the use through choosing art, and return when it's finished +-** return values: +-** 1: error showing dialog +-** 0: success +-** -1: cancel was pressed +-** -2: cancel all was pressed +-*/ +- +-#define IPC_JSAPI2_GET_DISPATCH_OBJECT 3037 +-/* pass your service's unique ID, as a wchar_t * string, in wParam +-** Winamp will copy the string, so don't worry about keeping it around +-** An IDispatch * object will be returned (cast the return value from SendMessage) +-** This IDispatch can be used for scripting/automation/VB interaction +-** Pass to IE via IDocHostUIHandler::GetExternal and it will become window.external in javscript +-*/ +- +-#define IPC_REGISTER_WINAMP_IPCMESSAGE 65536 +-/* (requires Winamp 5.0+) +-** DWORD id = SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,(WPARAM)name,IPC_REGISTER_WINAMP_IPCMESSAGE); +-** The value 'id' returned is > 65536 and is incremented on subsequent calls for unique +-** 'name' values passed to it. By using the same 'name' in different plugins will allow a +-** common runtime api to be provided for the currently running instance of Winamp +-** e.g. +-** PostMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,(WPARAM)my_param,registered_ipc); +-** Have a look at wa_hotkeys.h for an example on how this api is used in practice for a +-** custom WM_WA_IPC message. +-** +-** if(uMsg == WM_WA_IPC && lParam == id_from_register_winamp_ipcmessage){ +-** // do things +-** } +-*/ +- +-#endif//_WA_IPC_H_ ++/* ++** Copyright (C) 1997-2008 Nullsoft, Inc. ++** ++** This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied warranty. In no event will the authors be held ++** liable for any damages arising from the use of this software. ++** ++** Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose, including commercial applications, and to ++** alter it and redistribute it freely, subject to the following restrictions: ++** ++** 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not claim that you wrote the original software. ++** If you use this software in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be appreciated but is not required. ++** ++** 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be misrepresented as being the original software. ++** ++** 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution. ++** ++*/ ++ ++#ifndef _WA_IPC_H_ ++#define _WA_IPC_H_ ++ ++#include ++#include ++#if defined(_MSC_VER) && (_MSC_VER <= 1200) ++typedef int intptr_t; ++#endif ++/* ++** This is the modern replacement for the classic 'frontend.h'. Most of these ++** updates are designed for in-process use, i.e. from a plugin. ++** ++*/ ++ ++/* Most of the IPC_* messages involve sending the message in the form of: ++** result = SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,(parameter),IPC_*); ++** Where different then this is specified (typically with WM_COPYDATA variants) ++** ++** When you use SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,(parameter),IPC_*) and specify a IPC_* ++** which is not currently implemented/supported by the Winamp version being used then it ++** will return 1 for 'result'. This is a good way of helping to check if an api being ++** used which returns a function pointer, etc is even going to be valid. ++*/ ++ ++#define WM_WA_IPC WM_USER ++ ++#define WINAMP_VERSION_MAJOR(winampVersion) ((winampVersion & 0x0000FF00) >> 12) ++#define WINAMP_VERSION_MINOR(winampVersion) (winampVersion & 0x000000FF) // returns, i.e. 0x12 for 5.12 and 0x10 for 5.1... ++ ++ ++#define IPC_GETVERSION 0 ++/* int version = SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_GETVERSION); ++** ++** The version returned will be 0x20yx for Winamp 2.yx. ++** Versions previous to Winamp 2.0 typically (but not always) use 0x1zyx for 1.zx. ++** Just a bit weird but that's the way it goes. ++** ++** For Winamp 5.x it uses the format 0x50yx for Winamp 5.yx ++** e.g. 5.01 -> 0x5001 ++** 5.09 -> 0x5009 ++** 5.1 -> 0x5010 ++** ++** Notes: For 5.02 this api will return the same value as for a 5.01 build. ++** For 5.07 this api will return the same value as for a 5.06 build. ++*/ ++ ++ ++#define IPC_GETVERSIONSTRING 1 ++ ++ ++#define IPC_GETREGISTEREDVERSION 770 ++/* (requires Winamp 5.0+) ++** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_GETREGISTEREDVERSION); ++** ++** This will open the Winamp Preferences and show the Winamp Pro page. ++*/ ++ ++ ++typedef struct { ++ const char *filename; ++ const char *title; ++ int length; ++} enqueueFileWithMetaStruct; // send this to a IPC_PLAYFILE in a non WM_COPYDATA, ++// and you get the nice desired result. if title is NULL, it is treated as a "thing", ++// otherwise it's assumed to be a file (for speed) ++ ++typedef struct { ++ const wchar_t *filename; ++ const wchar_t *title; ++ int length; ++} enqueueFileWithMetaStructW; ++ ++#define IPC_PLAYFILE 100 // dont be fooled, this is really the same as enqueufile ++#define IPC_ENQUEUEFILE 100 ++#define IPC_PLAYFILEW 1100 ++#define IPC_ENQUEUEFILEW 1100 ++/* This is sent as a WM_COPYDATA with IPC_PLAYFILE as the dwData member and the string ++** of the file / playlist to be enqueued into the playlist editor as the lpData member. ++** This will just enqueue the file or files since you can use this to enqueue a playlist. ++** It will not clear the current playlist or change the playback state. ++** ++** COPYDATASTRUCT cds = {0}; ++** cds.dwData = IPC_ENQUEUEFILE; ++** cds.lpData = (void*)"c:\\test\\folder\\test.mp3"; ++** cds.cbData = lstrlen((char*)cds.lpData)+1; // include space for null char ++** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_COPYDATA,0,(LPARAM)&cds); ++** ++** ++** With 2.9+ and all of the 5.x versions you can send this as a normal WM_WA_IPC ++** (non WM_COPYDATA) with an enqueueFileWithMetaStruct as the param. ++** If the title member is null then it is treated as a "thing" otherwise it will be ++** assumed to be a file (for speed). ++** ++** enqueueFileWithMetaStruct eFWMS = {0}; ++** eFWMS.filename = "c:\\test\\folder\\test.mp3"; ++** eFWMS.title = "Whipping Good"; ++** eFWMS.length = 300; // this is the number of seconds for the track ++** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,(WPARAM)&eFWMS,IPC_ENQUEUEFILE); ++*/ ++ ++ ++#define IPC_DELETE 101 ++#define IPC_DELETE_INT 1101 ++/* SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_DELETE); ++** Use this api to clear Winamp's internal playlist. ++** You should not need to use IPC_DELETE_INT since it is used internally by Winamp when ++** it is dealing with some lame Windows Explorer issues (hard to believe that!). ++*/ ++ ++ ++#define IPC_STARTPLAY 102 ++#define IPC_STARTPLAY_INT 1102 ++/* SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_STARTPLAY); ++** Sending this will start playback and is almost the same as hitting the play button. ++** The IPC_STARTPLAY_INT version is used internally and you should not need to use it ++** since it won't be any fun. ++*/ ++ ++ ++#define IPC_CHDIR 103 ++/* This is sent as a WM_COPYDATA type message with IPC_CHDIR as the dwData value and the ++** directory you want to change to as the lpData member. ++** ++** COPYDATASTRUCT cds = {0}; ++** cds.dwData = IPC_CHDIR; ++** cds.lpData = (void*)"c:\\download"; ++** cds.cbData = lstrlen((char*)cds.lpData)+1; // include space for null char ++** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_COPYDATA,0,(LPARAM)&cds); ++** ++** The above example will make Winamp change to the directory 'C:\download'. ++*/ ++ ++ ++#define IPC_ISPLAYING 104 ++/* int res = SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_ISPLAYING); ++** This is sent to retrieve the current playback state of Winamp. ++** If it returns 1, Winamp is playing. ++** If it returns 3, Winamp is paused. ++** If it returns 0, Winamp is not playing. ++*/ ++ ++ ++#define IPC_GETOUTPUTTIME 105 ++/* int res = SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,mode,IPC_GETOUTPUTTIME); ++** This api can return two different sets of information about current playback status. ++** ++** If mode = 0 then it will return the position (in ms) of the currently playing track. ++** Will return -1 if Winamp is not playing. ++** ++** If mode = 1 then it will return the current track length (in seconds). ++** Will return -1 if there are no tracks (or possibly if Winamp cannot get the length). ++** ++** If mode = 2 then it will return the current track length (in milliseconds). ++** Will return -1 if there are no tracks (or possibly if Winamp cannot get the length). ++*/ ++ ++ ++#define IPC_JUMPTOTIME 106 ++/* (requires Winamp 1.60+) ++** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,ms,IPC_JUMPTOTIME); ++** This api sets the current position (in milliseconds) for the currently playing song. ++** The resulting playback position may only be an approximate time since some playback ++** formats do not provide exact seeking e.g. mp3 ++** This returns -1 if Winamp is not playing, 1 on end of file, or 0 if it was successful. ++*/ ++ ++ ++#define IPC_GETMODULENAME 109 ++#define IPC_EX_ISRIGHTEXE 666 ++/* usually shouldnt bother using these, but here goes: ++** send a WM_COPYDATA with IPC_GETMODULENAME, and an internal ++** flag gets set, which if you send a normal WM_WA_IPC message with ++** IPC_EX_ISRIGHTEXE, it returns whether or not that filename ++** matches. lame, I know. ++*/ ++ ++ ++#define IPC_WRITEPLAYLIST 120 ++/* (requires Winamp 1.666+) ++** int cur = SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_WRITEPLAYLIST); ++** ++** IPC_WRITEPLAYLIST will write the current playlist to '\\Winamp.m3u' and ++** will also return the current playlist position (see IPC_GETLISTPOS). ++** ++** This is kinda obsoleted by some of the newer 2.x api items but it still is good for ++** use with a front-end program (instead of a plug-in) and you want to see what is in the ++** current playlist. ++** ++** This api will only save out extended file information in the #EXTINF entry if Winamp ++** has already read the data such as if the file was played of scrolled into view. If ++** Winamp has not read the data then you will only find the file with its filepath entry ++** (as is the base requirements for a m3u playlist). ++*/ ++ ++ ++#define IPC_SETPLAYLISTPOS 121 ++/* (requires Winamp 2.0+) ++** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,position,IPC_SETPLAYLISTPOS) ++** IPC_SETPLAYLISTPOS sets the playlist position to the specified 'position'. ++** It will not change playback status or anything else. It will just set the current ++** position in the playlist and will update the playlist view if necessary. ++** ++** If you use SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_COMMAND,MAKEWPARAM(WINAMP_BUTTON2,0),0); ++** after using IPC_SETPLAYLISTPOS then Winamp will start playing the file at 'position'. ++*/ ++ ++ ++#define IPC_SETVOLUME 122 ++/* (requires Winamp 2.0+) ++** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,volume,IPC_SETVOLUME); ++** IPC_SETVOLUME sets the volume of Winamp (between the range of 0 to 255). ++** ++** If you pass 'volume' as -666 then the message will return the current volume. ++** int curvol = SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,-666,IPC_SETVOLUME); ++*/ ++ ++ ++#define IPC_GETVOLUME(hwnd_winamp) SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,-666,IPC_SETVOLUME) ++/* (requires Winamp 2.0+) ++** int curvol = IPC_GETVOLUME(hwnd_winamp); ++** This will return the current volume of Winamp or ++*/ ++ ++ ++#define IPC_SETPANNING 123 ++/* (requires Winamp 2.0+) ++** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,panning,IPC_SETPANNING); ++** IPC_SETPANNING sets the panning of Winamp from 0 (left) to 255 (right). ++** ++** At least in 5.x+ this works from -127 (left) to 127 (right). ++** ++** If you pass 'panning' as -666 to this api then it will return the current panning. ++** int curpan = SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,-666,IPC_SETPANNING); ++*/ ++ ++ ++#define IPC_GETLISTLENGTH 124 ++/* (requires Winamp 2.0+) ++** int length = SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_GETLISTLENGTH); ++** IPC_GETLISTLENGTH returns the length of the current playlist as the number of tracks. ++*/ ++ ++ ++#define IPC_GETLISTPOS 125 ++/* (requires Winamp 2.05+) ++** int pos=SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_GETLISTPOS); ++** IPC_GETLISTPOS returns the current playlist position (which is shown in the playlist ++** editor as a differently coloured text entry e.g is yellow for the classic skin). ++** ++** This api is a lot like IPC_WRITEPLAYLIST but a lot faster since it does not have to ++** write out the whole of the current playlist first. ++*/ ++ ++ ++#define IPC_GETINFO 126 ++/* (requires Winamp 2.05+) ++** int inf=SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,mode,IPC_GETINFO); ++** IPC_GETINFO returns info about the current playing song. The value ++** it returns depends on the value of 'mode'. ++** Mode Meaning ++** ------------------ ++** 0 Samplerate, in kilohertz (i.e. 44) ++** 1 Bitrate (i.e. 128) ++** 2 Channels (i.e. 2) ++** 3 (5+) Video LOWORD=w HIWORD=h ++** 4 (5+) > 65536, string (video description) ++** 5 (5.25+) Samplerate, in hertz (i.e. 44100) ++*/ ++ ++ ++#define IPC_GETEQDATA 127 ++/* (requires Winamp 2.05+) ++** int data=SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,pos,IPC_GETEQDATA); ++** IPC_GETEQDATA queries the status of the EQ. ++** The value returned depends on what 'pos' is set to: ++** Value Meaning ++** ------------------ ++** 0-9 The 10 bands of EQ data. 0-63 (+20db - -20db) ++** 10 The preamp value. 0-63 (+20db - -20db) ++** 11 Enabled. zero if disabled, nonzero if enabled. ++** 12 Autoload. zero if disabled, nonzero if enabled. ++*/ ++ ++ ++#define IPC_SETEQDATA 128 ++/* (requires Winamp 2.05+) ++** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,pos,IPC_GETEQDATA); ++** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,value,IPC_SETEQDATA); ++** IPC_SETEQDATA sets the value of the last position retrieved ++** by IPC_GETEQDATA. This is pretty lame, and we should provide ++** an extended version that lets you do a MAKELPARAM(pos,value). ++** someday... ++ ++ new (2.92+): ++ if the high byte is set to 0xDB, then the third byte specifies ++ which band, and the bottom word specifies the value. ++*/ ++ ++ ++#define IPC_ADDBOOKMARK 129 ++#define IPC_ADDBOOKMARKW 131 ++/* (requires Winamp 2.4+) ++** This is sent as a WM_COPYDATA using IPC_ADDBOOKMARK as the dwData value and the ++** directory you want to change to as the lpData member. This will add the specified ++** file / url to the Winamp bookmark list. ++** ++** COPYDATASTRUCT cds = {0}; ++** cds.dwData = IPC_ADDBOOKMARK; ++** cds.lpData = (void*)"http://www.blah.com/listen.pls"; ++** cds.cbData = lstrlen((char*)cds.lpData)+1; // include space for null char ++** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_COPYDATA,0,(LPARAM)&cds); ++** ++** ++** In Winamp 5.0+ we use this as a normal WM_WA_IPC and the string is null separated as ++** the filename and then the title of the entry. ++** ++** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,(WPARAM)(char*)"filename\0title\0",IPC_ADDBOOKMARK); ++** ++** This will notify the library / bookmark editor that a bookmark was added. ++** Note that using this message in this context does not actually add the bookmark. ++** Do not use, it is essentially just a notification type message :) ++*/ ++ ++ ++#define IPC_INSTALLPLUGIN 130 ++/* This is not implemented (and is very unlikely to be done due to safety concerns). ++** If it was then you could do a WM_COPYDATA with a path to a .wpz and it would then ++** install the plugin for you. ++** ++** COPYDATASTRUCT cds = {0}; ++** cds.dwData = IPC_INSTALLPLUGIN; ++** cds.lpData = (void*)"c:\\path\\to\\file.wpz"; ++** cds.cbData = lstrlen((char*)cds.lpData)+1; // include space for null char ++** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_COPYDATA,0,(LPARAM)&cds); ++*/ ++ ++ ++#define IPC_RESTARTWINAMP 135 ++/* (requires Winamp 2.2+) ++** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_RESTARTWINAMP); ++** IPC_RESTARTWINAMP will restart Winamp (isn't that obvious ? :) ) ++** If this fails to make Winamp start after closing then there is a good chance one (or ++** more) of the currently installed plugins caused Winamp to crash on exit (either as a ++** silent crash or a full crash log report before it could call itself start again. ++*/ ++ ++ ++#define IPC_ISFULLSTOP 400 ++/* (requires winamp 2.7+ I think) ++** int ret=SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_ISFULLSTOP); ++** This is useful for when you're an output plugin and you want to see if the stop/close ++** happening is a full stop or if you are just between tracks. This returns non zero if ++** it is a full stop or zero if it is just a new track. ++** benski> i think it's actually the other way around - ++** !0 for EOF and 0 for user pressing stop ++*/ ++ ++ ++#define IPC_INETAVAILABLE 242 ++/* (requires Winamp 2.05+) ++** int val=SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_INETAVAILABLE); ++** IPC_INETAVAILABLE will return 1 if an Internet connection is available for Winamp and ++** relates to the internet connection type setting on the main general preferences page ++** in the Winamp preferences. ++*/ ++ ++ ++#define IPC_UPDTITLE 243 ++/* (requires Winamp 2.2+) ++** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_UPDTITLE); ++** IPC_UPDTITLE will ask Winamp to update the information about the current title and ++** causes GetFileInfo(..) in the input plugin associated with the current playlist entry ++** to be called. This can be called such as when an input plugin is buffering a file so ++** that it can cause the buffer percentage to appear in the playlist. ++*/ ++ ++ ++#define IPC_REFRESHPLCACHE 247 ++/* (requires Winamp 2.2+) ++** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_REFRESHPLCACHE); ++** IPC_REFRESHPLCACHE will flush the playlist cache buffer and you send this if you want ++** Winamp to go refetch the titles for all of the entries in the current playlist. ++** ++** 5.3+: pass a wchar_t * string in wParam, and it'll do a strnicmp() before clearing the cache ++*/ ++ ++ ++#define IPC_GET_SHUFFLE 250 ++/* (requires Winamp 2.4+) ++** int val=SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_GET_SHUFFLE); ++** IPC_GET_SHUFFLE returns the status of the shuffle option. ++** If set then it will return 1 and if not set then it will return 0. ++*/ ++ ++ ++#define IPC_GET_REPEAT 251 ++/* (requires Winamp 2.4+) ++** int val=SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_GET_REPEAT); ++** IPC_GET_REPEAT returns the status of the repeat option. ++** If set then it will return 1 and if not set then it will return 0. ++*/ ++ ++ ++#define IPC_SET_SHUFFLE 252 ++/* (requires Winamp 2.4+) ++** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,value,IPC_SET_SHUFFLE); ++** IPC_SET_SHUFFLE sets the status of the shuffle option. ++** If 'value' is 1 then shuffle is turned on. ++** If 'value' is 0 then shuffle is turned off. ++*/ ++ ++ ++#define IPC_SET_REPEAT 253 ++/* (requires Winamp 2.4+) ++** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,value,IPC_SET_REPEAT); ++** IPC_SET_REPEAT sets the status of the repeat option. ++** If 'value' is 1 then shuffle is turned on. ++** If 'value' is 0 then shuffle is turned off. ++*/ ++ ++ ++#define IPC_ENABLEDISABLE_ALL_WINDOWS 259 // 0xdeadbeef to disable ++/* (requires Winamp 2.9+) ++** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,(enable?0:0xdeadbeef),IPC_ENABLEDISABLE_ALL_WINDOWS); ++** Sending this message with 0xdeadbeef as the param will disable all winamp windows and ++** any other values will enable all of the Winamp windows again. When disabled you won't ++** get any response on clicking or trying to do anything to the Winamp windows. If the ++** taskbar icon is shown then you may still have control ;) ++*/ ++ ++ ++#define IPC_GETWND 260 ++/* (requires Winamp 2.9+) ++** HWND h=SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,IPC_GETWND_xxx,IPC_GETWND); ++** returns the HWND of the window specified. ++*/ ++ #define IPC_GETWND_EQ 0 // use one of these for the param ++ #define IPC_GETWND_PE 1 ++ #define IPC_GETWND_MB 2 ++ #define IPC_GETWND_VIDEO 3 ++#define IPC_ISWNDVISIBLE 261 // same param as IPC_GETWND ++ ++ ++/************************************************************************ ++***************** in-process only (WE LOVE PLUGINS) ++************************************************************************/ ++ ++#define IPC_SETSKINW 199 ++#define IPC_SETSKIN 200 ++/* (requires Winamp 2.04+, only usable from plug-ins (not external apps)) ++** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,(WPARAM)"skinname",IPC_SETSKIN); ++** IPC_SETSKIN sets the current skin to "skinname". Note that skinname ++** can be the name of a skin, a skin .zip file, with or without path. ++** If path isn't specified, the default search path is the winamp skins ++** directory. ++*/ ++ ++ ++#define IPC_GETSKIN 201 ++#define IPC_GETSKINW 1201 ++/* (requires Winamp 2.04+, only usable from plug-ins (not external apps)) ++** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,(WPARAM)skinname_buffer,IPC_GETSKIN); ++** IPC_GETSKIN puts the directory where skin bitmaps can be found ++** into skinname_buffer. ++** skinname_buffer must be MAX_PATH characters in length. ++** When using a .zip'd skin file, it'll return a temporary directory ++** where the ZIP was decompressed. ++*/ ++ ++ ++#define IPC_EXECPLUG 202 ++/* (requires Winamp 2.04+, only usable from plug-ins (not external apps)) ++** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,(WPARAM)"vis_file.dll",IPC_EXECPLUG); ++** IPC_EXECPLUG executes a visualization plug-in pointed to by WPARAM. ++** the format of this string can be: ++** "vis_whatever.dll" ++** "vis_whatever.dll,0" // (first mod, file in winamp plug-in dir) ++** "C:\\dir\\vis_whatever.dll,1" ++*/ ++ ++ ++#define IPC_GETPLAYLISTFILE 211 ++#define IPC_GETPLAYLISTFILEW 214 ++/* (requires Winamp 2.04+, only usable from plug-ins (not external apps)) ++** char *name=SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,index,IPC_GETPLAYLISTFILE); ++** IPC_GETPLAYLISTFILE gets the filename of the playlist entry [index]. ++** returns a pointer to it. returns NULL on error. ++*/ ++ ++ ++#define IPC_GETPLAYLISTTITLE 212 ++#define IPC_GETPLAYLISTTITLEW 213 ++/* (requires Winamp 2.04+, only usable from plug-ins (not external apps)) ++** char *name=SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,index,IPC_GETPLAYLISTTITLE); ++** ++** IPC_GETPLAYLISTTITLE gets the title of the playlist entry [index]. ++** returns a pointer to it. returns NULL on error. ++*/ ++ ++ ++#define IPC_GETHTTPGETTER 240 ++/* retrieves a function pointer to a HTTP retrieval function. ++** if this is unsupported, returns 1 or 0. ++** the function should be: ++** int (*httpRetrieveFile)(HWND hwnd, char *url, char *file, char *dlgtitle); ++** if you call this function, with a parent window, a URL, an output file, and a dialog title, ++** it will return 0 on successful download, 1 on error. ++*/ ++ ++ ++#define IPC_GETHTTPGETTERW 1240 ++/* int (*httpRetrieveFileW)(HWND hwnd, char *url, wchar_t *file, wchar_t *dlgtitle); */ ++ ++ ++#define IPC_MBOPEN 241 ++/* (requires Winamp 2.05+) ++** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_MBOPEN); ++** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,(WPARAM)url,IPC_MBOPEN); ++** IPC_MBOPEN will open a new URL in the minibrowser. if url is NULL, it will open the Minibrowser window. ++*/ ++ ++ ++#define IPC_CHANGECURRENTFILE 245 ++/* (requires Winamp 2.05+) ++** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,(WPARAM)file,IPC_CHANGECURRENTFILE); ++** IPC_CHANGECURRENTFILE will set the current playlist item. ++*/ ++ ++ ++#define IPC_CHANGECURRENTFILEW 1245 ++/* (requires Winamp 5.3+) ++** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,(WPARAM)file,IPC_CHANGECURRENTFILEW); ++** IPC_CHANGECURRENTFILEW will set the current playlist item. ++*/ ++ ++ ++#define IPC_GETMBURL 246 ++/* (requires Winamp 2.2+) ++** char buffer[4096]; // Urls can be VERY long ++** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,(WPARAM)buffer,IPC_GETMBURL); ++** IPC_GETMBURL will retrieve the current Minibrowser URL into buffer. ++** buffer must be at least 4096 bytes long. ++*/ ++ ++ ++#define IPC_MBBLOCK 248 ++/* (requires Winamp 2.4+) ++** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,value,IPC_MBBLOCK); ++** ++** IPC_MBBLOCK will block the Minibrowser from updates if value is set to 1 ++*/ ++ ++ ++#define IPC_MBOPENREAL 249 ++/* (requires Winamp 2.4+) ++** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,(WPARAM)url,IPC_MBOPENREAL); ++** ++** IPC_MBOPENREAL works the same as IPC_MBOPEN except that it will works even if ++** IPC_MBBLOCK has been set to 1 ++*/ ++ ++ ++#define IPC_ADJUST_OPTIONSMENUPOS 280 ++/* (requires Winamp 2.9+) ++** int newpos=SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,(WPARAM)adjust_offset,IPC_ADJUST_OPTIONSMENUPOS); ++** moves where winamp expects the Options menu in the main menu. Useful if you wish to insert a ++** menu item above the options/skins/vis menus. ++*/ ++ ++ ++#define IPC_GET_HMENU 281 ++/* (requires Winamp 2.9+) ++** HMENU hMenu=SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,(WPARAM)0,IPC_GET_HMENU); ++** values for data: ++** 0 : main popup menu ++** 1 : main menubar file menu ++** 2 : main menubar options menu ++** 3 : main menubar windows menu ++** 4 : main menubar help menu ++** other values will return NULL. ++*/ ++ ++ ++#define IPC_GET_EXTENDED_FILE_INFO 290 //pass a pointer to the following struct in wParam ++#define IPC_GET_EXTENDED_FILE_INFO_HOOKABLE 296 ++/* (requires Winamp 2.9+) ++** to use, create an extendedFileInfoStruct, point the values filename and metadata to the ++** filename and metadata field you wish to query, and ret to a buffer, with retlen to the ++** length of that buffer, and then SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,&struct,IPC_GET_EXTENDED_FILE_INFO); ++** the results should be in the buffer pointed to by ret. ++** returns 1 if the decoder supports a getExtendedFileInfo method ++*/ ++typedef struct { ++ const char *filename; ++ const char *metadata; ++ char *ret; ++ size_t retlen; ++} extendedFileInfoStruct; ++ ++ ++#define IPC_GET_BASIC_FILE_INFO 291 //pass a pointer to the following struct in wParam ++typedef struct { ++ const char *filename; ++ ++ int quickCheck; // set to 0 to always get, 1 for quick, 2 for default (if 2, quickCheck will be set to 0 if quick wasnot used) ++ ++ // filled in by winamp ++ int length; ++ char *title; ++ int titlelen; ++} basicFileInfoStruct; ++ ++ ++#define IPC_GET_BASIC_FILE_INFOW 1291 //pass a pointer to the following struct in wParam ++typedef struct { ++ const wchar_t *filename; ++ ++ int quickCheck; // set to 0 to always get, 1 for quick, 2 for default (if 2, quickCheck will be set to 0 if quick wasnot used) ++ ++ // filled in by winamp ++ int length; ++ wchar_t *title; ++ int titlelen; ++} basicFileInfoStructW; ++ ++ ++#define IPC_GET_EXTLIST 292 //returns doublenull delimited. GlobalFree() it when done. if data is 0, returns raw extlist, if 1, returns something suitable for getopenfilename ++#define IPC_GET_EXTLISTW 1292 // wide char version of above ++ ++ ++#define IPC_INFOBOX 293 ++typedef struct { ++ HWND parent; ++ char *filename; ++} infoBoxParam; ++ ++ ++#define IPC_INFOBOXW 1293 ++typedef struct { ++ HWND parent; ++ const wchar_t *filename; ++} infoBoxParamW; ++ ++ ++#define IPC_SET_EXTENDED_FILE_INFO 294 //pass a pointer to the a extendedFileInfoStruct in wParam ++/* (requires Winamp 2.9+) ++** to use, create an extendedFileInfoStruct, point the values filename and metadata to the ++** filename and metadata field you wish to write in ret. (retlen is not used). and then ++** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,&struct,IPC_SET_EXTENDED_FILE_INFO); ++** returns 1 if the metadata is supported ++** Call IPC_WRITE_EXTENDED_FILE_INFO once you're done setting all the metadata you want to update ++*/ ++ ++ ++#define IPC_WRITE_EXTENDED_FILE_INFO 295 ++/* (requires Winamp 2.9+) ++** writes all the metadata set thru IPC_SET_EXTENDED_FILE_INFO to the file ++** returns 1 if the file has been successfully updated, 0 if error ++*/ ++ ++ ++#define IPC_FORMAT_TITLE 297 ++typedef struct ++{ ++ char *spec; // NULL=default winamp spec ++ void *p; ++ ++ char *out; ++ int out_len; ++ ++ char * (*TAGFUNC)(const char * tag, void * p); //return 0 if not found ++ void (*TAGFREEFUNC)(char * tag,void * p); ++} waFormatTitle; ++ ++ ++#define IPC_FORMAT_TITLE_EXTENDED 298 // similiar to IPC_FORMAT_TITLE, but falls back to Winamp's %tags% if your passed tag function doesn't handle it ++typedef struct ++{ ++ const wchar_t *filename; ++ int useExtendedInfo; // set to 1 if you want the Title Formatter to query the input plugins for any tags that your tag function fails on ++ const wchar_t *spec; // NULL=default winamp spec ++ void *p; ++ ++ wchar_t *out; ++ int out_len; ++ ++ wchar_t * (*TAGFUNC)(const wchar_t * tag, void * p); //return 0 if not found, -1 for empty tag ++ void (*TAGFREEFUNC)(wchar_t *tag, void *p); ++} waFormatTitleExtended; ++ ++ ++#define IPC_COPY_EXTENDED_FILE_INFO 299 ++typedef struct ++{ ++ const char *source; ++ const char *dest; ++} copyFileInfoStruct; ++ ++ ++#define IPC_COPY_EXTENDED_FILE_INFOW 1299 ++typedef struct ++{ ++ const wchar_t *source; ++ const wchar_t *dest; ++} copyFileInfoStructW; ++ ++ ++typedef struct { ++ int (*inflateReset)(void *strm); ++ int (*inflateInit_)(void *strm,const char *version, int stream_size); ++ int (*inflate)(void *strm, int flush); ++ int (*inflateEnd)(void *strm); ++ unsigned long (*crc32)(unsigned long crc, const unsigned char *buf, unsigned int len); ++} wa_inflate_struct; ++ ++#define IPC_GETUNCOMPRESSINTERFACE 331 ++/* returns a function pointer to uncompress(). ++** int (*uncompress)(unsigned char *dest, unsigned long *destLen, const unsigned char *source, unsigned long sourceLen); ++** right out of zlib, useful for decompressing zlibbed data. ++** if you pass the parm of 0x10100000, it will return a wa_inflate_struct * to an inflate API. ++*/ ++ ++ ++typedef struct _prefsDlgRec { ++ HINSTANCE hInst; // dll instance containing the dialog resource ++ int dlgID; // resource identifier of the dialog ++ void *proc; // window proceedure for handling the dialog defined as ++ // LRESULT CALLBACK PrefsPage(HWND,UINT,WPARAM,LPARAM) ++ ++ char *name; // name shown for the prefs page in the treelist ++ intptr_t where; // section in the treelist the prefs page is to be added to ++ // 0 for General Preferences ++ // 1 for Plugins ++ // 2 for Skins ++ // 3 for Bookmarks (no longer in the 5.0+ prefs) ++ // 4 for Prefs (the old 'Setup' section - no longer in 5.0+) ++ ++ intptr_t _id; ++ struct _prefsDlgRec *next; // no longer implemented as a linked list, now used by Winamp for other means ++} prefsDlgRec; ++ ++typedef struct _prefsDlgRecW { ++ HINSTANCE hInst; // dll instance containing the dialog resource ++ int dlgID; // resource identifier of the dialog ++ void *proc; // window proceedure for handling the dialog defined as ++ // LRESULT CALLBACK PrefsPage(HWND,UINT,WPARAM,LPARAM) ++ ++ wchar_t *name; // name shown for the prefs page in the treelist ++ intptr_t where; // section in the treelist the prefs page is to be added to ++ // 0 for General Preferences ++ // 1 for Plugins ++ // 2 for Skins ++ // 3 for Bookmarks (no longer in the 5.0+ prefs) ++ // 4 for Prefs (the old 'Setup' section - no longer in 5.0+) ++ ++ intptr_t _id; ++ struct _prefsDlgRec *next; // no longer implemented as a linked list, now used by Winamp for other means ++} prefsDlgRecW; ++ ++#define IPC_ADD_PREFS_DLG 332 ++#define IPC_ADD_PREFS_DLGW 1332 ++#define IPC_REMOVE_PREFS_DLG 333 ++/* (requires Winamp 2.9+) ++** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,(WPARAM)&prefsRec,IPC_ADD_PREFS_DLG); ++** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,(WPARAM)&prefsRec,IPC_REMOVE_PREFS_DLG); ++** ++** IPC_ADD_PREFS_DLG: ++** To use this you need to allocate a prefsDlgRec structure (either on the heap or with ++** some global data but NOT on the stack) and then initialise the members of the structure ++** (see the definition of the prefsDlgRec structure above). ++** ++** hInst - dll instance of where the dialog resource is located. ++** dlgID - id of the dialog resource. ++** proc - dialog window procedure for the prefs dialog. ++** name - name of the prefs page as shown in the preferences list. ++** where - see above for the valid locations the page can be added. ++** ++** Then you do SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,(WPARAM)&prefsRec,IPC_ADD_PREFS_DLG); ++** ++** example: ++** ++** prefsDlgRec* prefsRec = 0; ++** prefsRec = GlobalAlloc(GPTR,sizeof(prefsDlgRec)); ++** prefsRec->hInst = hInst; ++** prefsRec->dlgID = IDD_PREFDIALOG; ++** prefsRec->name = "Pref Page"; ++** prefsRec->where = 0; ++** prefsRec->proc = PrefsPage; ++** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,(WPARAM)&prefsRec,IPC_ADD_PREFS_DLG); ++** ++** ++** IPC_REMOVE_PREFS_DLG: ++** To use you pass the address of the same prefsRec you used when adding the prefs page ++** though you shouldn't really ever have to do this but it's good to clean up after you ++** when you're plugin is being unloaded. ++** ++** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,(WPARAM)&prefsRec,IPC_REMOVE_PREFS_DLG); ++** ++** IPC_ADD_PREFS_DLGW ++** requires Winamp 5.53+ ++*/ ++ ++ ++#define IPC_OPENPREFSTOPAGE 380 ++/* SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,(WPARAM)&prefsRec,IPC_OPENPREFSTOPAGE); ++** ++** There are two ways of opening a preferences page. ++** ++** The first is to pass an id of a builtin preferences page (see below for ids) or a ++** &prefsDlgRec of the preferences page to open and this is normally done if you are ++** opening a prefs page you added yourself. ++** ++** If the page id does not or the &prefsRec is not valid then the prefs dialog will be ++** opened to the first page available (usually the Winamp Pro page). ++** ++** (requires Winamp 5.04+) ++** Passing -1 for param will open the preferences dialog to the last page viewed. ++** ++** Note: v5.0 to 5.03 had a bug in this api ++** ++** On the first call then the correct prefs page would be opened to but on the next call ++** the prefs dialog would be brought to the front but the page would not be changed to the ++** specified. ++** In 5.04+ it will change to the prefs page specified if the prefs dialog is already open. ++*/ ++ ++/* Builtin Preference page ids (valid for 5.0+) ++** (stored in the lParam member of the TVITEM structure from the tree item) ++** ++** These can be useful if you want to detect a specific prefs page and add things to it ++** yourself or something like that ;) ++** ++** Winamp Pro 20 ++** General Preferences 0 ++** File Types 1 ++** Playlist 23 ++** Titles 21 ++** Playback 42 (added in 5.25) ++** Station Info 41 (added in 5.11 & removed in 5.5) ++** Video 24 ++** Localization 25 (added in 5.5) ++** Skins 40 ++** Classic Skins 22 ++** Plugins 30 ++** Input 31 ++** Output 32 ++** Visualisation 33 ++** DSP/Effect 34 ++** General Purpose 35 ++** ++** Note: ++** Custom page ids begin from 60 ++** The value of the normal custom pages (Global Hotkeys, Jump To File, etc) is not ++** guaranteed since it depends on the order in which the plugins are loaded which can ++** change on different systems. ++** ++** Global Hotkeys, Jump To File, Media Library (under General Preferences and child pages), ++** Media Library (under Plugins), Portables, CD Ripping and Modern Skins are custom pages ++** created by the plugins shipped with Winamp. ++*/ ++ ++ ++#define IPC_GETINIFILE 334 ++/* (requires Winamp 2.9+) ++** char *ini=(char*)SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_GETINIFILE); ++** This returns a pointer to the full file path of winamp.ini. ++** ++** char ini_path[MAX_PATH] = {0}; ++** ++** void GetIniFilePath(HWND hwnd){ ++** if(SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_GETVERSION) >= 0x2900){ ++** // this gets the string of the full ini file path ++** lstrcpyn(ini_path,(char*)SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_GETINIFILE),sizeof(ini_path)); ++** } ++** else{ ++** char* p = ini_path; ++** p += GetModuleFileName(0,ini_path,sizeof(ini_path)) - 1; ++** while(p && *p != '.'){p--;} ++** lstrcpyn(p+1,"ini",sizeof(ini_path)); ++** } ++** } ++*/ ++ ++ ++#define IPC_GETINIDIRECTORY 335 ++/* (requires Winamp 2.9+) ++** char *dir=(char*)SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_GETINIDIRECTORY); ++** This returns a pointer to the directory where winamp.ini can be found and is ++** useful if you want store config files but you don't want to use winamp.ini. ++*/ ++ ++ ++#define IPC_GETPLUGINDIRECTORY 336 ++/* (requires Winamp 5.11+) ++** char *plugdir=(char*)SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_GETPLUGINDIRECTORY); ++** This returns a pointer to the directory where Winamp has its plugins stored and is ++** useful if you want store config files in plugins.ini in the plugins folder or for ++** accessing any local files in the plugins folder. ++*/ ++ ++ ++#define IPC_GETM3UDIRECTORY 337 ++/* (requires Winamp 5.11+) ++** char *m3udir=(char*)SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_GETM3UDIRECTORY); ++** This returns a pointer to the directory where winamp.m3u (and winamp.m3u8 if supported) is stored in. ++*/ ++ ++ ++#define IPC_GETM3UDIRECTORYW 338 ++/* (requires Winamp 5.3+) ++** wchar_t *m3udirW=(wchar_t*)SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_GETM3UDIRECTORYW); ++** This returns a pointer to the directory where winamp.m3u (and winamp.m3u8 if supported) is stored in. ++*/ ++ ++ ++#define IPC_SPAWNBUTTONPOPUP 361 // param = ++// 0 = eject ++// 1 = previous ++// 2 = next ++// 3 = pause ++// 4 = play ++// 5 = stop ++ ++ ++#define IPC_OPENURLBOX 360 ++/* (requires Winamp 5.0+) ++** HGLOBAL hglobal = (HGLOBAL)SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,(WPARAM)(HWND)parent,IPC_OPENURLBOX); ++** You pass a hwnd for the dialog to be parented to (which modern skin support uses). ++** This will return a HGLOBAL that needs to be freed with GlobalFree() if this worked. ++*/ ++ ++ ++#define IPC_OPENFILEBOX 362 ++/* (requires Winamp 5.0+) ++** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,(WPARAM)(HWND)parent,IPC_OPENFILEBOX); ++** You pass a hwnd for the dialog to be parented to (which modern skin support uses). ++*/ ++ ++ ++#define IPC_OPENDIRBOX 363 ++/* (requires Winamp 5.0+) ++** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,(WPARAM)(HWND)parent,IPC_OPENDIRBOX); ++** You pass a hwnd for the dialog to be parented to (which modern skin support uses). ++*/ ++ ++ ++#define IPC_SETDIALOGBOXPARENT 364 ++/* (requires Winamp 5.0+) ++** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,(WPARAM)(HWND)parent,IPC_SETDIALOGBOXPARENT); ++** Pass 'parent' as the window which will be used as the parent for a number of the built ++** in Winamp dialogs and is useful when you are taking over the whole of the UI so that ++** the dialogs will not appear at the bottom right of the screen since the main winamp ++** window is located at 3000x3000 by gen_ff when this is used. Call this again with ++** parent = null to reset the parent back to the orginal Winamp window. ++*/ ++ ++#define IPC_GETDIALOGBOXPARENT 365 ++/* (requires Winamp 5.51+) ++** HWND hwndParent = SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,(WPARAM)0, IPC_GETDIALOGBOXPARENT); ++** hwndParent can/must be passed to all modal dialogs (including MessageBox) thats uses winamp as a parent ++*/ ++ ++#define IPC_UPDATEDIALOGBOXPARENT 366 ++/* (requires Winamp 5.53+) ++** if you previous called IPC_SETDIALOGBOXPARENT, call this every time your window resizes ++*/ ++ ++#define IPC_DRO_MIN 401 // reserved for DrO ++#define IPC_SET_JTF_COMPARATOR 409 ++/* pass me an int (__cdecl *)(const char *, const char *) in wParam */ ++#define IPC_SET_JTF_COMPARATOR_W 410 ++/* pass me an int (__cdecl *)(const wchar_t *, const wchar_t *) in wParam ... maybe someday :) */ ++#define IPC_SET_JTF_DRAWTEXT 416 ++ ++#define IPC_DRO_MAX 499 ++ ++ ++// pass 0 for a copy of the skin HBITMAP ++// pass 1 for name of font to use for playlist editor likeness ++// pass 2 for font charset ++// pass 3 for font size ++#define IPC_GET_GENSKINBITMAP 503 ++ ++ ++typedef struct ++{ ++ HWND me; //hwnd of the window ++ ++ #define EMBED_FLAGS_NORESIZE 0x1 ++ // set this bit to keep window from being resizable ++ ++ #define EMBED_FLAGS_NOTRANSPARENCY 0x2 ++ // set this bit to make gen_ff turn transparency off for this window ++ ++ #define EMBED_FLAGS_NOWINDOWMENU 0x4 ++ // set this bit to prevent gen_ff from automatically adding your window to the right-click menu ++ ++ #define EMBED_FLAGS_GUID 0x8 ++ // (5.31+) call SET_EMBED_GUID(yourEmbedWindowStateStruct, GUID) to define a GUID for this window ++ ++ #define SET_EMBED_GUID(windowState, windowGUID) { windowState->flags |= EMBED_FLAGS_GUID; *((GUID *)&windowState->extra_data[4])=windowGUID; } ++ #define GET_EMBED_GUID(windowState) (*((GUID *)&windowState->extra_data[4])) ++ ++ int flags; // see above ++ ++ RECT r; ++ void *user_ptr; // for application use ++ int extra_data[64]; // for internal winamp use ++} embedWindowState; ++ ++#define IPC_GET_EMBEDIF 505 ++/* (requires Winamp 2.9+) ++** HWND myframe = (HWND)SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,(WPARAM)&wa_wnd,IPC_GET_EMBEDIF); ++** ++** or ++** ++** HWND myframe = 0; ++** HWND (*embed)(embedWindowState *params)=0; ++** *(void**)&embed = (void*)SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_GET_EMBEDIF); ++** myframe = embed(&wa_wnd); ++** ++** You pass an embedWindowState* and it will return a hwnd for the frame window or if you ++** pass wParam as null then it will return a HWND embedWindow(embedWindowState *); ++*/ ++ ++#define IPC_SKINWINDOW 534 ++ ++typedef struct __SKINWINDOWPARAM ++{ ++ HWND hwndToSkin; ++ GUID windowGuid; ++} SKINWINDOWPARAM; ++ ++ ++ ++#define IPC_EMBED_ENUM 532 ++typedef struct embedEnumStruct ++{ ++ int (*enumProc)(embedWindowState *ws, struct embedEnumStruct *param); // return 1 to abort ++ int user_data; // or more :) ++} embedEnumStruct; ++ // pass ++ ++ ++#define IPC_EMBED_ISVALID 533 ++/* (requires Winamp 2.9+) ++** int valid = SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,(WPARAM)embedhwnd,IPC_EMBED_ISVALID); ++** Pass a hwnd in the wParam to this to check if the hwnd is a valid embed window or not. ++*/ ++ ++ ++#define IPC_CONVERTFILE 506 ++/* (requires Winamp 2.92+) ++** Converts a given file to a different format (PCM, MP3, etc...) ++** To use, pass a pointer to a waFileConvertStruct struct ++** This struct can be either on the heap or some global ++** data, but NOT on the stack. At least, until the conversion is done. ++** ++** eg: SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,&myConvertStruct,IPC_CONVERTFILE); ++** ++** Return value: ++** 0: Can't start the conversion. Look at myConvertStruct->error for details. ++** 1: Conversion started. Status messages will be sent to the specified callbackhwnd. ++** Be sure to call IPC_CONVERTFILE_END when your callback window receives the ++** IPC_CB_CONVERT_DONE message. ++*/ ++typedef struct ++{ ++ char *sourcefile; // "c:\\source.mp3" ++ char *destfile; // "c:\\dest.pcm" ++ intptr_t destformat[8]; // like 'PCM ',srate,nch,bps. ++ //hack alert! you can set destformat[6]=mmioFOURCC('I','N','I',' '); and destformat[7]=(int)my_ini_file; (where my_ini_file is a char*) ++ HWND callbackhwnd; // window that will receive the IPC_CB_CONVERT notification messages ++ ++ //filled in by winamp.exe ++ char *error; //if IPC_CONVERTFILE returns 0, the reason will be here ++ ++ int bytes_done; //you can look at both of these values for speed statistics ++ int bytes_total; ++ int bytes_out; ++ ++ int killswitch; // don't set it manually, use IPC_CONVERTFILE_END ++ intptr_t extra_data[64]; // for internal winamp use ++} convertFileStruct; ++ ++ ++#define IPC_CONVERTFILEW 515 ++// (requires Winamp 5.36+) ++typedef struct ++{ ++ wchar_t *sourcefile; // "c:\\source.mp3" ++ wchar_t *destfile; // "c:\\dest.pcm" ++ intptr_t destformat[8]; // like 'PCM ',srate,nch,bps. ++ //hack alert! you can set destformat[6]=mmioFOURCC('I','N','I',' '); and destformat[7]=(int)my_ini_file; (where my_ini_file is a char*) ++ HWND callbackhwnd; // window that will receive the IPC_CB_CONVERT notification messages ++ ++ //filled in by winamp.exe ++ wchar_t *error; //if IPC_CONVERTFILE returns 0, the reason will be here ++ ++ int bytes_done; //you can look at both of these values for speed statistics ++ int bytes_total; ++ int bytes_out; ++ ++ int killswitch; // don't set it manually, use IPC_CONVERTFILE_END ++ intptr_t extra_data[64]; // for internal winamp use ++} convertFileStructW; ++ ++ ++#define IPC_CONVERTFILE_END 507 ++/* (requires Winamp 2.92+) ++** Stop/ends a convert process started from IPC_CONVERTFILE ++** You need to call this when you receive the IPC_CB_CONVERTDONE message or when you ++** want to abort a conversion process ++** ++** eg: SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,&myConvertStruct,IPC_CONVERTFILE_END); ++** ++** No return value ++*/ ++ ++ ++#define IPC_CONVERTFILEW_END 516 ++// (requires Winamp 5.36+) ++ ++typedef struct { ++ HWND hwndParent; ++ int format; ++ ++ //filled in by winamp.exe ++ HWND hwndConfig; ++ int extra_data[8]; ++ //hack alert! you can set extra_data[6]=mmioFOURCC('I','N','I',' '); and extra_data[7]=(int)my_ini_file; (where my_ini_file is a char*) ++} convertConfigStruct; ++ ++ ++#define IPC_CONVERT_CONFIG 508 ++#define IPC_CONVERT_CONFIG_END 509 ++ ++typedef struct ++{ ++ void (*enumProc)(intptr_t user_data, const char *desc, int fourcc); ++ intptr_t user_data; ++} converterEnumFmtStruct; ++#define IPC_CONVERT_CONFIG_ENUMFMTS 510 ++/* (requires Winamp 2.92+) ++*/ ++ ++typedef struct ++{ ++ char cdletter; ++ char *playlist_file; ++ HWND callback_hwnd; ++ ++ //filled in by winamp.exe ++ char *error; ++} burnCDStruct; ++#define IPC_BURN_CD 511 ++/* (requires Winamp 5.0+) ++*/ ++ ++typedef struct ++{ ++ convertFileStruct *cfs; ++ int priority; ++} convertSetPriority; ++ ++ ++#define IPC_CONVERT_SET_PRIORITY 512 ++ ++typedef struct ++{ ++ convertFileStructW *cfs; ++ int priority; ++} convertSetPriorityW; ++ ++ ++#define IPC_CONVERT_SET_PRIORITYW 517 ++// (requires Winamp 5.36+) ++ ++typedef struct ++{ ++ unsigned int format; //fourcc value ++ char *item; // config item, eg "bitrate" ++ char *data; // buffer to recieve, or buffer that contains the data ++ int len; // length of the data buffer (only used when getting a config item) ++ char *configfile; // config file to read from ++} convertConfigItem; ++ ++ ++#define IPC_CONVERT_CONFIG_SET_ITEM 513 // returns TRUE if successful ++#define IPC_CONVERT_CONFIG_GET_ITEM 514 // returns TRUE if successful ++ ++ ++typedef struct ++{ ++ const char *filename; ++ char *title; // 2048 bytes ++ int length; ++ int force_useformatting; // can set this to 1 if you want to force a url to use title formatting shit ++} waHookTitleStruct; ++ ++#define IPC_HOOK_TITLES 850 ++/* (requires Winamp 5.0+) ++** If you hook this message and modify the information then make sure to return TRUE. ++** If you don't hook the message then make sure you pass it on through the subclass chain. ++** ++** LRESULT CALLBACK WinampWndProc(HWND hwnd, UINT umsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam) ++** { ++** LRESULT ret = CallWindowProc((WNDPROC)WinampProc,hwnd,umsg,wParam,lParam); ++** ++** if(message==WM_WA_IPC && lParam==IPC_HOOK_TITLES) ++** { ++** waHookTitleStruct *ht = (waHookTitleStruct *) wParam; ++** // Doing ATF stuff with ht->title, whatever... ++** return TRUE; ++** } ++** return ret; ++** } ++*/ ++ ++typedef struct ++{ ++ const wchar_t *filename; ++ wchar_t *title; // 2048 characters ++ int length; ++ int force_useformatting; // can set this to 1 if you want to force a url to use title formatting shit ++} waHookTitleStructW; ++#define IPC_HOOK_TITLESW 851 ++/* (requires Winamp 5.3+) ++** See information on IPC_HOOK_TITLES for how to process this. ++*/ ++ ++ ++#define IPC_GETSADATAFUNC 800 ++// 0: returns a char *export_sa_get() that returns 150 bytes of data ++// 1: returns a export_sa_setreq(int want); ++ ++ ++#define IPC_GETVUDATAFUNC 801 ++// 0: returns a int export_vu_get(int channel) that returns 0-255 (or -1 for bad channel) ++ ++ ++#define IPC_ISMAINWNDVISIBLE 900 ++/* (requires Winamp 5.0+) ++** int visible=SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_ISMAINWNDVISIBLE); ++** You send this to Winamp to query if the main window is visible or not such as by ++** unchecking the option in the main right-click menu. If the main window is visible then ++** this will return 1 otherwise it returns 0. ++*/ ++ ++ ++typedef struct ++{ ++ int numElems; ++ int *elems; ++ HBITMAP bm; // set if you want to override ++} waSetPlColorsStruct; ++ ++#define IPC_SETPLEDITCOLORS 920 ++/* (requires Winamp 5.0+) ++** This is sent by gen_ff when a modern skin is being loaded to set the colour scheme for ++** the playlist editor. When sent numElems is usually 6 and matches with the 6 possible ++** colours which are provided be pledit.txt from the classic skins. The elems array is ++** defined as follows: ++** ++** elems = 0 => normal text ++** elems = 1 => current text ++** elems = 2 => normal background ++** elems = 3 => selected background ++** elems = 4 => minibroswer foreground ++** elems = 5 => minibroswer background ++** ++** if(uMsg == WM_WA_IPC && lParam == IPC_SETPLEDITCOLORS) ++** { ++** waSetPlColorsStruct* colStr = (waSetPlColorsStruct*)wp; ++** if(colStr) ++** { ++** // set or inspect the colours being used (basically for gen_ff's benefit) ++** } ++** } ++*/ ++ ++ ++typedef struct ++{ ++ HWND wnd; ++ int xpos; // in screen coordinates ++ int ypos; ++} waSpawnMenuParms; ++ ++// waSpawnMenuParms2 is used by the menubar submenus ++typedef struct ++{ ++ HWND wnd; ++ int xpos; // in screen coordinates ++ int ypos; ++ int width; ++ int height; ++} waSpawnMenuParms2; ++ ++// the following IPC use waSpawnMenuParms as parameter ++#define IPC_SPAWNEQPRESETMENU 933 ++#define IPC_SPAWNFILEMENU 934 //menubar ++#define IPC_SPAWNOPTIONSMENU 935 //menubar ++#define IPC_SPAWNWINDOWSMENU 936 //menubar ++#define IPC_SPAWNHELPMENU 937 //menubar ++#define IPC_SPAWNPLAYMENU 938 //menubar ++#define IPC_SPAWNPEFILEMENU 939 //menubar ++#define IPC_SPAWNPEPLAYLISTMENU 940 //menubar ++#define IPC_SPAWNPESORTMENU 941 //menubar ++#define IPC_SPAWNPEHELPMENU 942 //menubar ++#define IPC_SPAWNMLFILEMENU 943 //menubar ++#define IPC_SPAWNMLVIEWMENU 944 //menubar ++#define IPC_SPAWNMLHELPMENU 945 //menubar ++#define IPC_SPAWNPELISTOFPLAYLISTS 946 ++ ++ ++#define WM_WA_SYSTRAY WM_USER+1 ++/* This is sent by the system tray when an event happens (you might want to simulate it). ++** ++** if(uMsg == WM_WA_SYSTRAY) ++** { ++** switch(lParam) ++** { ++** // process the messages sent from the tray ++** } ++** } ++*/ ++ ++ ++#define WM_WA_MPEG_EOF WM_USER+2 ++/* Input plugins send this when they are done playing back the current file to inform ++** Winamp or anyother installed plugins that the current ++** ++** if(uMsg == WM_WA_MPEG_EOF) ++** { ++** // do what is needed here ++** } ++*/ ++ ++ ++//// video stuff ++ ++#define IPC_IS_PLAYING_VIDEO 501 // returns >1 if playing, 0 if not, 1 if old version (so who knows):) ++#define IPC_GET_IVIDEOOUTPUT 500 // see below for IVideoOutput interface ++#define VIDEO_MAKETYPE(A,B,C,D) ((A) | ((B)<<8) | ((C)<<16) | ((D)<<24)) ++#define VIDUSER_SET_INFOSTRING 0x1000 ++#define VIDUSER_GET_VIDEOHWND 0x1001 ++#define VIDUSER_SET_VFLIP 0x1002 ++#define VIDUSER_SET_TRACKSELINTERFACE 0x1003 // give your ITrackSelector interface as param2 ++#define VIDUSER_OPENVIDEORENDERER 0x1004 ++#define VIDUSER_CLOSEVIDEORENDERER 0x1005 ++#define VIDUSER_GETPOPUPMENU 0x1006 ++#define VIDUSER_SET_INFOSTRINGW 0x1007 ++ ++typedef struct ++{ ++ int w; ++ int h; ++ int vflip; ++ double aspectratio; ++ unsigned int fmt; ++} VideoOpenStruct; ++ ++#ifndef NO_IVIDEO_DECLARE ++#ifdef __cplusplus ++ ++class VideoOutput; ++class SubsItem; ++ ++#ifndef _NSV_DEC_IF_H_ ++struct YV12_PLANE { ++ unsigned char* baseAddr; ++ long rowBytes; ++} ; ++ ++struct YV12_PLANES { ++ YV12_PLANE y; ++ YV12_PLANE u; ++ YV12_PLANE v; ++}; ++#endif ++ ++class IVideoOutput ++{ ++ public: ++ virtual ~IVideoOutput() { } ++ virtual int open(int w, int h, int vflip, double aspectratio, unsigned int fmt)=0; ++ virtual void setcallback(LRESULT (*msgcallback)(void *token, HWND hwnd, UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam), void *token) { (void)token; (void)msgcallback; /* to eliminate warning C4100 */ } ++ virtual void close()=0; ++ virtual void draw(void *frame)=0; ++ virtual void drawSubtitle(SubsItem *item) {UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(item); } ++ virtual void showStatusMsg(const char *text) {UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(text); } ++ virtual int get_latency() { return 0; } ++ virtual void notifyBufferState(int bufferstate) { UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(bufferstate); } /* 0-255*/ ++ virtual INT_PTR extended(INT_PTR param1, INT_PTR param2, INT_PTR param3) { UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(param1); UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(param2); UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(param3); return 0; } // Dispatchable, eat this! ++}; ++ ++class ITrackSelector ++{ ++ public: ++ virtual int getNumAudioTracks()=0; ++ virtual void enumAudioTrackName(int n, const char *buf, int size)=0; ++ virtual int getCurAudioTrack()=0; ++ virtual int getNumVideoTracks()=0; ++ virtual void enumVideoTrackName(int n, const char *buf, int size)=0; ++ virtual int getCurVideoTrack()=0; ++ ++ virtual void setAudioTrack(int n)=0; ++ virtual void setVideoTrack(int n)=0; ++}; ++ ++#endif //cplusplus ++#endif//NO_IVIDEO_DECLARE ++ ++// these messages are callbacks that you can grab by subclassing the winamp window ++ ++// wParam = ++#define IPC_CB_WND_EQ 0 // use one of these for the param ++#define IPC_CB_WND_PE 1 ++#define IPC_CB_WND_MB 2 ++#define IPC_CB_WND_VIDEO 3 ++#define IPC_CB_WND_MAIN 4 ++ ++#define IPC_CB_ONSHOWWND 600 ++#define IPC_CB_ONHIDEWND 601 ++ ++#define IPC_CB_GETTOOLTIP 602 ++ ++#define IPC_CB_MISC 603 ++ #define IPC_CB_MISC_TITLE 0 // start of playing/stop/pause ++ #define IPC_CB_MISC_VOLUME 1 // volume/pan ++ #define IPC_CB_MISC_STATUS 2 // start playing/stop/pause/ffwd/rwd ++ #define IPC_CB_MISC_EQ 3 ++ #define IPC_CB_MISC_INFO 4 ++ #define IPC_CB_MISC_VIDEOINFO 5 ++ #define IPC_CB_MISC_TITLE_RATING 6 // (5.5+ for when the rating is changed via the songticker menu on current file) ++ ++/* Example of using IPC_CB_MISC_STATUS to detect the start of track playback with 5.x ++** ++** if(lParam == IPC_CB_MISC && wParam == IPC_CB_MISC_STATUS) ++** { ++** if(SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_ISPLAYING) == 1 && ++** !SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_GETOUTPUTTIME)) ++** { ++** char* file = (char*)SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC, ++** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_GETLISTPOS),IPC_GETPLAYLISTFILE); ++** // only output if a valid file was found ++** if(file) ++** { ++** MessageBox(hwnd_winamp,file,"starting",0); ++** // or do something else that you need to do ++** } ++** } ++** } ++*/ ++ ++ ++#define IPC_CB_CONVERT_STATUS 604 // param value goes from 0 to 100 (percent) ++#define IPC_CB_CONVERT_DONE 605 ++ ++ ++#define IPC_ADJUST_FFWINDOWSMENUPOS 606 ++/* (requires Winamp 2.9+) ++** int newpos=SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,(WPARAM)adjust_offset,IPC_ADJUST_FFWINDOWSMENUPOS); ++** This will move where Winamp expects the freeform windows in the menubar windows main ++** menu. This is useful if you wish to insert a menu item above extra freeform windows. ++*/ ++ ++ ++#define IPC_ISDOUBLESIZE 608 ++/* (requires Winamp 5.0+) ++** int dsize=SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_ISDOUBLESIZE); ++** You send this to Winamp to query if the double size mode is enabled or not. ++** If it is on then this will return 1 otherwise it will return 0. ++*/ ++ ++ ++#define IPC_ADJUST_FFOPTIONSMENUPOS 609 ++/* (requires Winamp 2.9+) ++** int newpos=SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,(WPARAM)adjust_offset,IPC_ADJUST_FFOPTIONSMENUPOS); ++** moves where winamp expects the freeform preferences item in the menubar windows main ++** menu. This is useful if you wish to insert a menu item above the preferences item. ++** ++** Note: This setting was ignored by gen_ff until it was fixed in 5.1 ++** gen_ff would assume thatthe menu position was 11 in all cases and so when you ++** had two plugins attempting to add entries into the main right click menu it ++** would cause the 'colour themes' submenu to either be incorrectly duplicated or ++** to just disappear.instead. ++*/ ++ ++ ++#define IPC_GETTIMEDISPLAYMODE 610 ++/* (requires Winamp 5.0+) ++** int mode=SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_GETTIMEDISPLAYMODE); ++** This will return the status of the time display i.e. shows time elapsed or remaining. ++** This returns 0 if Winamp is displaying time elapsed or 1 for the time remaining. ++*/ ++ ++ ++#define IPC_SETVISWND 611 ++/* (requires Winamp 5.0+) ++** int viswnd=(HWND)SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,(WPARAM)(HWND)viswnd,IPC_SETVISWND); ++** This allows you to set a window to receive the following message commands (which are ++** used as part of the modern skin integration). ++** When you have finished or your visualisation is closed then send wParam as zero to ++** ensure that things are correctly tidied up. ++*/ ++ ++/* The following messages are received as the LOWORD(wParam) of the WM_COMMAND message. ++** See %SDK%\winamp\wa5vis.txt for more info about visualisation integration in Winamp. ++*/ ++#define ID_VIS_NEXT 40382 ++#define ID_VIS_PREV 40383 ++#define ID_VIS_RANDOM 40384 ++#define ID_VIS_FS 40389 ++#define ID_VIS_CFG 40390 ++#define ID_VIS_MENU 40391 ++ ++ ++#define IPC_GETVISWND 612 ++/* (requires Winamp 5.0+) ++** int viswnd=(HWND)SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_GETVISWND); ++** This returns a HWND to the visualisation command handler window if set by IPC_SETVISWND. ++*/ ++ ++ ++#define IPC_ISVISRUNNING 613 ++/* (requires Winamp 5.0+) ++** int visrunning=SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_ISVISRUNNING); ++** This will return 1 if a visualisation is currently running and 0 if one is not running. ++*/ ++ ++ ++#define IPC_CB_VISRANDOM 628 // param is status of random ++ ++ ++#define IPC_SETIDEALVIDEOSIZE 614 ++/* (requires Winamp 5.0+) ++** This is sent by Winamp back to itself so it can be trapped and adjusted as needed with ++** the desired width in HIWORD(wParam) and the desired height in LOWORD(wParam). ++** ++** if(uMsg == WM_WA_IPC){ ++** if(lParam == IPC_SETIDEALVIDEOSIZE){ ++** wParam = MAKEWPARAM(height,width); ++** } ++** } ++*/ ++ ++ ++#define IPC_GETSTOPONVIDEOCLOSE 615 ++/* (requires Winamp 5.0+) ++** int sovc=SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_GETSTOPONVIDEOCLOSE); ++** This will return 1 if 'stop on video close' is enabled and 0 if it is disabled. ++*/ ++ ++ ++#define IPC_SETSTOPONVIDEOCLOSE 616 ++/* (requires Winamp 5.0+) ++** int sovc=SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,enabled,IPC_SETSTOPONVIDEOCLOSE); ++** Set enabled to 1 to enable and 0 to disable the 'stop on video close' option. ++*/ ++ ++ ++typedef struct { ++ HWND hwnd; ++ int uMsg; ++ WPARAM wParam; ++ LPARAM lParam; ++} transAccelStruct; ++ ++#define IPC_TRANSLATEACCELERATOR 617 ++/* (requires Winamp 5.0+) ++** (deprecated as of 5.53x+) ++*/ ++ ++typedef struct { ++ int cmd; ++ int x; ++ int y; ++ int align; ++} windowCommand; // send this as param to an IPC_PLCMD, IPC_MBCMD, IPC_VIDCMD ++ ++ ++#define IPC_CB_ONTOGGLEAOT 618 ++ ++ ++#define IPC_GETPREFSWND 619 ++/* (requires Winamp 5.0+) ++** HWND prefs = (HWND)SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_GETPREFSWND); ++** This will return a handle to the preferences dialog if it is open otherwise it will ++** return zero. A simple check with the OS api IsWindow(..) is a good test if it's valid. ++** ++** e.g. this will open (or close if already open) the preferences dialog and show if we ++** managed to get a valid ++** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_COMMAND,MAKEWPARAM(WINAMP_OPTIONS_PREFS,0),0); ++** MessageBox(hwnd_winamp,(IsWindow((HWND)SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_GETPREFSWND))?"Valid":"Not Open"),0,MB_OK); ++*/ ++ ++ ++#define IPC_SET_PE_WIDTHHEIGHT 620 ++/* (requires Winamp 5.0+) ++** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,(WPARAM)&point,IPC_SET_PE_WIDTHHEIGHT); ++** You pass a pointer to a POINT structure which holds the width and height and Winamp ++** will set the playlist editor to that size (this is used by gen_ff on skin changes). ++** There does not appear to be any bounds limiting with this so it is possible to create ++** a zero size playlist editor window (which is a pretty silly thing to do). ++*/ ++ ++ ++#define IPC_GETLANGUAGEPACKINSTANCE 621 ++/* (requires Winamp 5.0+) ++** HINSTANCE hInst = (HINSTANCE)SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_GETLANGUAGEPACKINSTANCE); ++** This will return the HINSTANCE to the currently used language pack file for winamp.exe ++** ++** (5.5+) ++** If you pass 1 in wParam then you will have zero returned if a language pack is in use. ++** if(!SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,1,IPC_GETLANGUAGEPACKINSTANCE)){ ++** // winamp is currently using a language pack ++** } ++** ++** If you pass 2 in wParam then you will get the path to the language pack folder. ++** wchar_t* lngpackfolder = (wchar_t*)SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,2,IPC_GETLANGUAGEPACKINSTANCE); ++** ++** If you pass 3 in wParam then you will get the path to the currently extracted language pack. ++** wchar_t* lngpack = (wchar_t*)SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,3,IPC_GETLANGUAGEPACKINSTANCE); ++** ++** If you pass 4 in wParam then you will get the name of the currently used language pack. ++** wchar_t* lngname = (char*)SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,4,IPC_GETLANGUAGEPACKINSTANCE); ++*/ ++#define LANG_IDENT_STR 0 ++#define LANG_LANG_CODE 1 ++#define LANG_COUNTRY_CODE 2 ++/* ++** (5.51+) ++** If you pass 5 in LOWORD(wParam) then you will get the ident string/code string ++** (based on the param passed in the HIWORD(wParam) of the currently used language pack. ++** The string returned with LANG_IDENT_STR is used to represent the language that the ++** language pack is intended for following ISO naming conventions for consistancy. ++** ++** wchar_t* ident_str = (wchar_t*)SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,MAKEWPARAM(5,LANG_XXX),IPC_GETLANGUAGEPACKINSTANCE); ++** ++** e.g. ++** For the default language it will return the following for the different LANG_XXX codes ++** LANG_IDENT_STR -> "en-US" (max buffer size of this is 9 wchar_t) ++** LANG_LANG_CODE -> "en" (language code) ++** LANG_COUNTRY_CODE -> "US" (country code) ++** ++** On pre 5.51 installs you can get LANG_IDENT_STR using the following method ++** (you'll have to custom process the string returned if you want the langugage or country but that's easy ;) ) ++** ++** #define LANG_PACK_LANG_ID 65534 (if you don't have lang.h) ++** HINSTANCE hInst = (HINSTANCE)SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_GETLANGUAGEPACKINSTANCE); ++** TCHAR buffer[9] = {0}; ++** LoadString(hInst,LANG_PACK_LANG_ID,buffer,sizeof(buffer)); ++** ++** ++** ++** The following example shows how using the basic api will allow you to load the playlist ++** context menu resource from the currently loaded language pack or it will fallback to ++** the default winamp.exe instance. ++** ++** HINSTANCE lang = (HINSTANCE)SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_GETLANGUAGEPACKINSTANCE); ++** HMENU popup = GetSubMenu(GetSubMenu((LoadMenu(lang?lang:GetModuleHandle(0),MAKEINTRESOURCE(101))),2),5); ++** // do processing as needed on the menu before displaying it ++** TrackPopupMenuEx(orig,TPM_LEFTALIGN|TPM_LEFTBUTTON|TPM_RIGHTBUTTON,rc.left,rc.bottom,hwnd_owner,0); ++** DestroyMenu(popup); ++** ++** If you need a specific menu handle then look at IPC_GET_HMENU for more information. ++*/ ++ ++ ++#define IPC_CB_PEINFOTEXT 622 // data is a string, ie: "04:21/45:02" ++ ++ ++#define IPC_CB_OUTPUTCHANGED 623 // output plugin was changed in config ++ ++ ++#define IPC_GETOUTPUTPLUGIN 625 ++/* (requires Winamp 5.0+) ++** char* outdll = (char*)SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_GETOUTPUTPLUGIN); ++** This returns a string of the current output plugin's dll name. ++** e.g. if the directsound plugin was selected then this would return 'out_ds.dll'. ++*/ ++ ++ ++#define IPC_SETDRAWBORDERS 626 ++/* (requires Winamp 5.0+) ++** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,enabled,IPC_SETDRAWBORDERS); ++** Set enabled to 1 to enable and 0 to disable drawing of the playlist editor and winamp ++** gen class windows (used by gen_ff to allow it to draw its own window borders). ++*/ ++ ++ ++#define IPC_DISABLESKINCURSORS 627 ++/* (requires Winamp 5.0+) ++** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,enabled,IPC_DISABLESKINCURSORS); ++** Set enabled to 1 to enable and 0 to disable the use of skinned cursors. ++*/ ++ ++ ++#define IPC_GETSKINCURSORS 628 ++/* (requires Winamp 5.36+) ++** data = (WACURSOR)cursorId. (check wa_dlg.h for values) ++*/ ++ ++ ++#define IPC_CB_RESETFONT 629 ++ ++ ++#define IPC_IS_FULLSCREEN 630 ++/* (requires Winamp 5.0+) ++** int val=SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_IS_FULLSCREEN); ++** This will return 1 if the video or visualisation is in fullscreen mode or 0 otherwise. ++*/ ++ ++ ++#define IPC_SET_VIS_FS_FLAG 631 ++/* (requires Winamp 5.0+) ++** A vis should send this message with 1/as param to notify winamp that it has gone to or has come back from fullscreen mode ++*/ ++ ++ ++#define IPC_SHOW_NOTIFICATION 632 ++ ++ ++#define IPC_GETSKININFO 633 ++#define IPC_GETSKININFOW 1633 ++/* (requires Winamp 5.0+) ++** This is a notification message sent to the main Winamp window by itself whenever it ++** needs to get information to be shown about the current skin in the 'Current skin ++** information' box on the main Skins page in the Winamp preferences. ++** ++** When this notification is received and the current skin is one you are providing the ++** support for then you return a valid buffer for Winamp to be able to read from with ++** information about it such as the name of the skin file. ++** ++** if(uMsg == WM_WA_IPC && lParam == IPC_GETSKININFO){ ++** if(is_our_skin()){ ++** return is_our_skin_name(); ++** } ++** } ++*/ ++ ++ ++#define IPC_GET_MANUALPLADVANCE 634 ++/* (requires Winamp 5.03+) ++** int val=SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_GET_MANUALPLADVANCE); ++** IPC_GET_MANUALPLADVANCE returns the status of the Manual Playlist Advance. ++** If enabled this will return 1 otherwise it will return 0. ++*/ ++ ++ ++#define IPC_SET_MANUALPLADVANCE 635 ++/* (requires Winamp 5.03+) ++** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,value,IPC_SET_MANUALPLADVANCE); ++** IPC_SET_MANUALPLADVANCE sets the status of the Manual Playlist Advance option. ++** Set value = 1 to turn it on and value = 0 to turn it off. ++*/ ++ ++ ++#define IPC_GET_NEXT_PLITEM 636 ++/* (requires Winamp 5.04+) ++** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_EOF_GET_NEXT_PLITEM); ++** ++** Sent to Winamp's main window when an item has just finished playback or the next ++** button has been pressed and requesting the new playlist item number to go to. ++** ++** Subclass this message in your application to return the new item number. ++** Return -1 for normal Winamp operation (default) or the new item number in ++** the playlist to be played instead of the originally selected next track. ++** ++** This is primarily provided for the JTFE plugin (gen_jumpex.dll). ++*/ ++ ++ ++#define IPC_GET_PREVIOUS_PLITEM 637 ++/* (requires Winamp 5.04+) ++** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_EOF_GET_PREVIOUS_PLITEM); ++** ++** Sent to Winamp's main window when the previous button has been pressed and Winamp is ++** requesting the new playlist item number to go to. ++** ++** Return -1 for normal Winamp operation (default) or the new item number in ++** the playlist to be played instead of the originally selected previous track. ++** ++** This is primarily provided for the JTFE plugin (gen_jumpex.dll). ++*/ ++ ++ ++#define IPC_IS_WNDSHADE 638 ++/* (requires Winamp 5.04+) ++** int is_shaded=SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,wnd,IPC_IS_WNDSHADE); ++** Pass 'wnd' as an id as defined for IPC_GETWND or pass -1 to query the status of the ++** main window. This returns 1 if the window is in winshade mode and 0 if it is not. ++** Make sure you only test for this on a 5.04+ install otherwise you get a false result. ++** (See the notes about unhandled WM_WA_IPC messages). ++*/ ++ ++ ++#define IPC_SETRATING 639 ++/* (requires Winamp 5.04+ with ML) ++** int rating=SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,rating,IPC_SETRATING); ++** This will allow you to set the 'rating' on the current playlist entry where 'rating' ++** is an integer value from 0 (no rating) to 5 (5 stars). ++** ++** The following example should correctly allow you to set the rating for any specified ++** playlist entry assuming of course that you're trying to get a valid playlist entry. ++** ++** void SetPlaylistItemRating(int item_to_set, int rating_to_set){ ++** int cur_pos=SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_GETLISTPOS); ++** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,item_to_set,IPC_SETPLAYLISTPOS); ++** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,rating_to_set,IPC_SETRATING); ++** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,cur_pos,IPC_SETPLAYLISTPOS); ++** } ++*/ ++ ++ ++#define IPC_GETRATING 640 ++/* (requires Winamp 5.04+ with ML) ++** int rating=SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_GETRATING); ++** This returns the current playlist entry's rating between 0 (no rating) to 5 (5 stars). ++** ++** The following example should correctly allow you to get the rating for any specified ++** playlist entry assuming of course that you're trying to get a valid playlist entry. ++** ++** int GetPlaylistItemRating(int item_to_get, int rating_to_set){ ++** int cur_pos=SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_GETLISTPOS), rating = 0; ++** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,item_to_get,IPC_SETPLAYLISTPOS); ++** rating = SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_GETRATING); ++** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,cur_pos,IPC_SETPLAYLISTPOS); ++** return rating; ++** } ++*/ ++ ++ ++#define IPC_GETNUMAUDIOTRACKS 641 ++/* (requires Winamp 5.04+) ++** int n = SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_GETNUMAUDIOTRACKS); ++** This will return the number of audio tracks available from the currently playing item. ++*/ ++ ++ ++#define IPC_GETNUMVIDEOTRACKS 642 ++/* (requires Winamp 5.04+) ++** int n = SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_GETNUMVIDEOTRACKS); ++** This will return the number of video tracks available from the currently playing item. ++*/ ++ ++ ++#define IPC_GETAUDIOTRACK 643 ++/* (requires Winamp 5.04+) ++** int cur = SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_GETAUDIOTRACK); ++** This will return the id of the current audio track for the currently playing item. ++*/ ++ ++ ++#define IPC_GETVIDEOTRACK 644 ++/* (requires Winamp 5.04+) ++** int cur = SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_GETVIDEOTRACK); ++** This will return the id of the current video track for the currently playing item. ++*/ ++ ++ ++#define IPC_SETAUDIOTRACK 645 ++/* (requires Winamp 5.04+) ++** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,track,IPC_SETAUDIOTRACK); ++** This allows you to switch to a new audio track (if supported) in the current playing file. ++*/ ++ ++ ++#define IPC_SETVIDEOTRACK 646 ++/* (requires Winamp 5.04+) ++** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,track,IPC_SETVIDEOTRACK); ++** This allows you to switch to a new video track (if supported) in the current playing file. ++*/ ++ ++ ++#define IPC_PUSH_DISABLE_EXIT 647 ++/* (requires Winamp 5.04+) ++** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_PUSH_DISABLE_EXIT); ++** This will let you disable or re-enable the UI exit functions (close button, context ++** menu, alt-f4). Remember to call IPC_POP_DISABLE_EXIT when you are done doing whatever ++** was required that needed to prevent exit otherwise you have to kill the Winamp process. ++*/ ++ ++ ++#define IPC_POP_DISABLE_EXIT 648 ++/* (requires Winamp 5.04+) ++** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_POP_DISABLE_EXIT); ++** See IPC_PUSH_DISABLE_EXIT ++*/ ++ ++ ++#define IPC_IS_EXIT_ENABLED 649 ++/* (requires Winamp 5.04+) ++** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_IS_EXIT_ENABLED); ++** This will return 0 if the 'exit' option of Winamp's menu is disabled and 1 otherwise. ++*/ ++ ++ ++#define IPC_IS_AOT 650 ++/* (requires Winamp 5.04+) ++** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_IS_AOT); ++** This will return the status of the always on top flag. ++** Note: This may not match the actual TOPMOST window flag while another fullscreen ++** application is focused if the user has the 'Disable always on top while fullscreen ++** applications are focused' option under the General Preferences page is checked. ++*/ ++ ++ ++#define IPC_USES_RECYCLEBIN 651 ++/* (requires Winamp 5.09+) ++** int use_bin=SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_USES_RECYCLEBIN); ++** This will return 1 if the deleted file should be sent to the recycle bin or ++** 0 if deleted files should be deleted permanently (default action for < 5.09). ++** ++** Note: if you use this on pre 5.09 installs of Winamp then it will return 1 which is ++** not correct but is due to the way that SendMessage(..) handles un-processed messages. ++** Below is a quick case for checking if the returned value is correct. ++** ++** if(SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_USES_RECYCLEBIN) && ++** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_GETVERSION)>=0x5009) ++** { ++** // can safely follow the option to recycle the file ++** } ++** else ++* { ++** // need to do a permanent delete of the file ++** } ++*/ ++ ++ ++#define IPC_FLUSHAUDITS 652 ++/* ++** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_FLUSHAUDITS); ++** ++** Will flush any pending audits in the global audits queue ++** ++*/ ++ ++#define IPC_GETPLAYITEM_START 653 ++#define IPC_GETPLAYITEM_END 654 ++ ++ ++#define IPC_GETVIDEORESIZE 655 ++#define IPC_SETVIDEORESIZE 656 ++ ++ ++#define IPC_INITIAL_SHOW_STATE 657 ++/* (requires Winamp 5.36+) ++** int show_state = SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_INITIAL_SHOW_STATE); ++** returns the processed value of nCmdShow when Winamp was started ++** (see MSDN documentation the values passed to WinMain(..) for what this should be) ++** ++** e.g. ++** if(SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_INITIAL_SHOW_STATE) == SW_SHOWMINIMIZED){ ++** // we are starting minimised so process as needed (keep our window hidden) ++** } ++** ++** Useful for seeing if winamp was run minimised on startup so you can act accordingly. ++** On pre-5.36 versions this will effectively return SW_NORMAL/SW_SHOWNORMAL due to the ++** handling of unknown apis returning 1 from Winamp. ++*/ ++ ++// >>>>>>>>>>> Next is 658 ++ ++#define IPC_PLCMD 1000 ++ ++#define PLCMD_ADD 0 ++#define PLCMD_REM 1 ++#define PLCMD_SEL 2 ++#define PLCMD_MISC 3 ++#define PLCMD_LIST 4 ++ ++//#define IPC_MBCMD 1001 ++ ++#define MBCMD_BACK 0 ++#define MBCMD_FORWARD 1 ++#define MBCMD_STOP 2 ++#define MBCMD_RELOAD 3 ++#define MBCMD_MISC 4 ++ ++#define IPC_VIDCMD 1002 ++ ++#define VIDCMD_FULLSCREEN 0 ++#define VIDCMD_1X 1 ++#define VIDCMD_2X 2 ++#define VIDCMD_LIB 3 ++#define VIDPOPUP_MISC 4 ++ ++//#define IPC_MBURL 1003 //sets the URL ++//#define IPC_MBGETCURURL 1004 //copies the current URL into wParam (have a 4096 buffer ready) ++//#define IPC_MBGETDESC 1005 //copies the current URL description into wParam (have a 4096 buffer ready) ++//#define IPC_MBCHECKLOCFILE 1006 //checks that the link file is up to date (otherwise updates it). wParam=parent HWND ++//#define IPC_MBREFRESH 1007 //refreshes the "now playing" view in the library ++//#define IPC_MBGETDEFURL 1008 //copies the default URL into wParam (have a 4096 buffer ready) ++ ++#define IPC_STATS_LIBRARY_ITEMCNT 1300 // updates library count status ++ ++/* ++** IPC's in the message range 2000 - 3000 are reserved internally for freeform messages. ++** These messages are taken from ff_ipc.h which is part of the Modern skin integration. ++*/ ++ ++#define IPC_FF_FIRST 2000 ++ ++#define IPC_FF_COLOURTHEME_CHANGE IPC_FF_ONCOLORTHEMECHANGED ++#define IPC_FF_ONCOLORTHEMECHANGED IPC_FF_FIRST + 3 ++/* ++** This is a notification message sent when the user changes the colour theme in a Modern ++** skin and can also be detected when the Modern skin is first loaded as the gen_ff plugin ++** applies relevant settings and styles (like the colour theme). ++** ++** The value of wParam is the name of the new color theme being switched to. ++** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,(WPARAM)(const char*)colour_theme_name,IPC_FF_ONCOLORTHEMECHANGED); ++** ++** (IPC_FF_COLOURTHEME_CHANGE is the name i (DrO) was using before getting a copy of ++** ff_ipc.h with the proper name in it). ++*/ ++ ++ ++#define IPC_FF_ISMAINWND IPC_FF_FIRST + 4 ++/* ++** int ismainwnd = (HWND)SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,(WPARAM)(HWND)test_wnd,IPC_FF_ISMAINWND); ++** ++** This allows you to determine if the window handle passed to it is a modern skin main ++** window or not. If it is a main window or any of its windowshade variants then it will ++** return 1. ++** ++** Because of the way modern skins are implemented, it is possible for this message to ++** return a positive test result for a number of window handles within the current Winamp ++** process. This appears to be because you can have a visible main window, a compact main ++** window and also a winshaded version. ++** ++** The following code example below is one way of seeing how this api works since it will ++** enumerate all windows related to Winamp at the time and allows you to process as ++** required when a detection happens. ++** ++** ++** EnumThreadWindows(GetCurrentThreadId(),enumWndProc,0); ++** ++** BOOL CALLBACK enumWndProc(HWND hwnd, LPARAM lParam){ ++** ++** if(SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,(WPARAM)hwnd,IPC_FF_ISMAINWND)){ ++** // do processing in here ++** // or continue the enum for other main windows (if they exist) ++** // and just comment out the line below ++** return 0; ++** } ++** return 1; ++** } ++*/ ++ ++ ++#define IPC_FF_GETCONTENTWND IPC_FF_FIRST + 5 ++/* ++** HWND wa2embed = (HWND)SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,(WPARAM)(HWND)test_wnd,IPC_FF_GETCONTENTWND); ++** ++** This will return the Winamp 2 window that is embedded in the window's container ++** i.e. if hwnd is the playlist editor windowshade hwnd then it will return the Winamp 2 ++** playlist editor hwnd. ++** ++** If no content is found such as the window has nothing embedded then this will return ++** the hwnd passed to it. ++*/ ++ ++ ++#define IPC_FF_NOTIFYHOTKEY IPC_FF_FIRST + 6 ++/* ++** This is a notification message sent when the user uses a global hotkey combination ++** which had been registered with the gen_hotkeys plugin. ++** ++** The value of wParam is the description of the hotkey as passed to gen_hotkeys. ++** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,(WPARAM)(const char*)hotkey_desc,IPC_FF_NOTIFYHOTKEY); ++*/ ++ ++#define IPC_FF_LAST 3000 ++ ++ ++/* ++** General IPC messages in Winamp ++** ++** All notification messages appear in the lParam of the main window message proceedure. ++*/ ++ ++ ++#define IPC_GETDROPTARGET 3001 ++/* (requires Winamp 5.0+) ++** IDropTarget* IDrop = (IDropTarget*)SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_GETDROPTARGET); ++** ++** You call this to retrieve a copy of the IDropTarget interface which Winamp created for ++** handling external drag and drop operations on to it's Windows. This is only really ++** useful if you're providing an alternate interface and want your Windows to provide the ++** same drag and drop support as Winamp normally provides the user. Check out MSDN or ++** your prefered search facility for more information about the IDropTarget interface and ++** what's needed to handle it in your own instance. ++*/ ++ ++ ++#define IPC_PLAYLIST_MODIFIED 3002 ++/* (requires Winamp 5.0+) ++** This is a notification message sent to the main Winamp window whenever the playlist is ++** modified in any way e.g. the addition/removal of a playlist entry. ++** ++** It is not a good idea to do large amounts of processing in this notification since it ++** will slow down Winamp as playlist entries are modified (especially when you're adding ++** in a large playlist). ++** ++** if(uMsg == WM_WA_IPC && lParam == IPC_PLAYLIST_MODIFIED) ++** { ++** // do what you need to do here ++** } ++*/ ++ ++ ++#define IPC_PLAYING_FILE 3003 ++/* (requires Winamp 5.0+) ++** This is a notification message sent to the main Winamp window when playback begins for ++** a file. This passes the full filepath in the wParam of the message received. ++** ++** if(uMsg == WM_WA_IPC && lParam == IPC_PLAYING_FILE) ++** { ++** // do what you need to do here, e.g. ++** process_file((char*)wParam); ++** } ++*/ ++ ++ ++#define IPC_PLAYING_FILEW 13003 ++/* (requires Winamp 5.0+) ++** This is a notification message sent to the main Winamp window when playback begins for ++** a file. This passes the full filepath in the wParam of the message received. ++** ++** if(uMsg == WM_WA_IPC && lParam == IPC_PLAYING_FILEW) ++** { ++** // do what you need to do here, e.g. ++** process_file((wchar_t*)wParam); ++** } ++*/ ++ ++ ++#define IPC_FILE_TAG_MAY_HAVE_UPDATED 3004 ++#define IPC_FILE_TAG_MAY_HAVE_UPDATEDW 3005 ++/* (requires Winamp 5.0+) ++** This is a notification message sent to the main Winamp window when a file's tag ++** (e.g. id3) may have been updated. This appears to be sent when the InfoBox(..) function ++** of the associated input plugin returns a 1 (which is the file information dialog/editor ++** call normally). ++** ++** if(uMsg == WM_WA_IPC && lParam == IPC_FILE_TAG_MAY_HAVE_UPDATED) ++** { ++** // do what you need to do here, e.g. ++** update_info_on_file_update((char*)wParam); ++** } ++*/ ++ ++ ++#define IPC_ALLOW_PLAYTRACKING 3007 ++/* (requires Winamp 5.0+) ++** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,allow,IPC_ALLOW_PLAYTRACKING); ++** Send allow as nonzero to allow play tracking and zero to disable the mode. ++*/ ++ ++ ++#define IPC_HOOK_OKTOQUIT 3010 ++/* (requires Winamp 5.0+) ++** This is a notification message sent to the main Winamp window asking if it's okay to ++** close or not. Return zero to prevent Winamp from closing or return anything non-zero ++** to allow Winamp to close. ++** ++** The best implementation of this option is to let the message pass through to the ++** original window proceedure since another plugin may want to have a say in the matter ++** with regards to Winamp closing. ++** ++** if(uMsg == WM_WA_IPC && lParam == IPC_HOOK_OKTOQUIT) ++** { ++** // do what you need to do here, e.g. ++** if(no_shut_down()) ++** { ++** return 1; ++** } ++** } ++*/ ++ ++ ++#define IPC_WRITECONFIG 3011 ++/* (requires Winamp 5.0+) ++** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,write_type,IPC_WRITECONFIG); ++** ++** Send write_type as 2 to write all config settings and the current playlist. ++** ++** Send write_type as 1 to write the playlist and common settings. ++** This won't save the following ini settings:: ++** ++** defext, titlefmt, proxy, visplugin_name, dspplugin_name, check_ft_startup, ++** visplugin_num, pe_fontsize, visplugin_priority, visplugin_autoexec, dspplugin_num, ++** sticon, splash, taskbar, dropaotfs, ascb_new, ttips, riol, minst, whichicon, ++** whichicon2, addtolist, snap, snaplen, parent, hilite, disvis, rofiob, shownumsinpl, ++** keeponscreen, eqdsize, usecursors, fixtitles, priority, shuffle_morph_rate, ++** useexttitles, bifont, inet_mode, ospb, embedwnd_freesize, no_visseh ++** (the above was valid for 5.1) ++** ++** Send write_type as 0 to write the common and less common settings and no playlist. ++*/ ++ ++ ++#define IPC_UPDATE_URL 3012 ++// pass the URL (char *) in lparam, will be free()'d on done. ++ ++ ++#define IPC_GET_RANDFUNC 3015 // returns a function to get a random number ++/* (requires Winamp 5.1+) ++** int (*randfunc)(void) = (int(*)(void))SendMessage(plugin.hwndParent,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_GET_RANDFUNC); ++** if(randfunc && randfunc != 1){ ++** randfunc(); ++** } ++** ++** This will return a positive 32-bit number (essentially 31-bit). ++** The check for a returned value of 1 is because that's the default return value from ++** SendMessage(..) when it is not handled so is good to check for it in this situation. ++*/ ++ ++ ++#define IPC_METADATA_CHANGED 3017 ++/* (requires Winamp 5.1+) ++** int changed=SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,(WPARAM)(char*)field,IPC_METADATA_CHANGED); ++** a plugin can SendMessage this to winamp if internal metadata has changes. ++** wParam should be a char * of what field changed ++** ++** Currently used for internal actions (and very few at that) the intent of this api is ++** to allow a plugin to call it when metadata has changed in the current playlist entry ++** e.g.a new id3v2 tag was found in a stream ++** ++** The wparam value can either be NULL or a pointer to an ansi string for the metadata ++** which has changed. This can be thought of as an advanced version of IPC_UPDTITLE and ++** could be used to allow for update of the current title when a specific tag changed. ++** ++** Not recommended to be used since there is not the complete handling implemented in ++** Winamp for it at the moment. ++*/ ++ ++ ++#define IPC_SKIN_CHANGED 3018 ++/* (requires Winamp 5.1+) ++** This is a notification message sent to the main Winamp window by itself whenever ++** the skin in use is changed. There is no information sent by the wParam for this. ++** ++** if(message == WM_WA_IPC && lparam == IPC_SKIN_CHANGED) ++** { ++** // do what you need to do to handle skin changes, e.g. call WADlg_init(hwnd_winamp); ++** } ++*/ ++ ++ ++#define IPC_REGISTER_LOWORD_COMMAND 3019 ++/* (requires Winamp 5.1+) ++** WORD id = SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_REGISTER_LOWORD_COMMAND); ++** This will assign you a unique id for making your own commands such as for extra menu ++** entries. The starting value returned by this message will potentially change as and ++** when the main resource file of Winamp is updated with extra data so assumptions cannot ++** be made on what will be returned and plugin loading order will affect things as well. ++ ++** 5.33+ ++** If you want to reserve more than one id, you can pass the number of ids required in wParam ++*/ ++ ++ ++#define IPC_GET_DISPATCH_OBJECT 3020 // gets winamp main IDispatch * (for embedded webpages) ++#define IPC_GET_UNIQUE_DISPATCH_ID 3021 // gives you a unique dispatch ID that won't conflict with anything in winamp's IDispatch * ++#define IPC_ADD_DISPATCH_OBJECT 3022 // add your own dispatch object into winamp's. This lets embedded webpages access your functions ++// pass a pointer to DispatchInfo (see below). Winamp makes a copy of all this data so you can safely delete it later ++typedef struct ++{ ++ wchar_t *name; // filled in by plugin, make sure it's a unicode string!! (i.e. L"myObject" instead of "myObject). ++ struct IDispatch *dispatch; // filled in by plugin ++ DWORD id; // filled in by winamp on return ++} DispatchInfo; ++ ++// see IPC_JSAPI2_GET_DISPATCH_OBJECT for version 2 of the Dispatchable scripting interface ++ ++#define IPC_GET_PROXY_STRING 3023 ++/* (requires Winamp 5.11+) ++** char* proxy_string=(char*)SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_GET_PROXY_STRING); ++** This will return the same string as is shown on the General Preferences page. ++*/ ++ ++ ++#define IPC_USE_REGISTRY 3024 ++/* (requires Winamp 5.11+) ++** int reg_enabled=SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_USE_REGISTRY); ++** This will return 0 if you should leave your grubby hands off the registry (i.e. for ++** lockdown mode). This is useful if Winamp is run from a USB drive and you can't alter ++** system settings, etc. ++*/ ++ ++ ++#define IPC_GET_API_SERVICE 3025 ++/* (requires Winamp 5.12+) ++** api_service* api_service = (api_service)SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_GET_API_SERVICE); ++** This api will return Winamp's api_service pointer (which is what Winamp3 used, heh). ++** If this api is not supported in the Winamp version that is being used at the time then ++** the returned value from this api will be 1 which is a good version check. ++** ++** As of 5.12 there is support for .w5s plugins which reside in %WinampDir%\System and ++** are intended for common code that can be shared amongst other plugins e.g. jnetlib.w5s ++** which contains jnetlib in one instance instead of being duplicated multiple times in ++** all of the plugins which need internet access. ++** ++** Details on the .w5s specifications will come at some stage (possibly). ++*/ ++ ++ ++typedef struct { ++ const wchar_t *filename; ++ const wchar_t *metadata; ++ wchar_t *ret; ++ size_t retlen; ++} extendedFileInfoStructW; ++ ++#define IPC_GET_EXTENDED_FILE_INFOW 3026 ++/* (requires Winamp 5.13+) ++** Pass a pointer to the above struct in wParam ++*/ ++ ++ ++#define IPC_GET_EXTENDED_FILE_INFOW_HOOKABLE 3027 ++#define IPC_SET_EXTENDED_FILE_INFOW 3028 ++/* (requires Winamp 5.13+) ++** Pass a pointer to the above struct in wParam ++*/ ++ ++ ++#define IPC_PLAYLIST_GET_NEXT_SELECTED 3029 ++/* (requires 5.2+) ++** int pl_item = SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,start,IPC_PLAYLIST_GET_NEXT_SELECTED); ++** ++** This works just like the ListView_GetNextItem(..) macro for ListView controls. ++** 'start' is the index of the playlist item that you want to begin the search after or ++** set this as -1 for the search to begin with the first item of the current playlist. ++** ++** This will return the index of the selected playlist according to the 'start' value or ++** it returns -1 if there is no selection or no more selected items according to 'start'. ++** ++** Quick example: ++** ++** int sel = -1; ++** // keep incrementing the start of the search so we get all of the selected entries ++** while((sel = SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,sel,IPC_PLAYLIST_GET_NEXT_SELECTED))!=-1){ ++** // show the playlist file entry of the selected item(s) if there were any ++** MessageBox(hwnd_winamp,(char*)SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,sel,IPC_GETPLAYLISTFILE),0,0); ++** } ++*/ ++ ++ ++#define IPC_PLAYLIST_GET_SELECTED_COUNT 3030 ++/* (requires 5.2+) ++** int selcnt = SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_PLAYLIST_GET_SELECTED_COUNT); ++** This will return the number of selected playlist entries. ++*/ ++ ++ ++#define IPC_GET_PLAYING_FILENAME 3031 ++// returns wchar_t * of the currently playing filename ++ ++#define IPC_OPEN_URL 3032 ++// send either ANSI or Unicode string (it'll figure it out, but it MUST start with "h"!, so don't send ftp:// or anything funny) ++// you can also send this one from another process via WM_COPYDATA (unicode only) ++ ++ ++#define IPC_USE_UXTHEME_FUNC 3033 ++/* (requires Winamp 5.35+) ++** int ret = SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,param,IPC_USE_UXTHEME_FUNC); ++** param can be IPC_ISWINTHEMEPRESENT or IPC_ISAEROCOMPOSITIONACTIVE or a valid hwnd. ++** ++** If you pass a hwnd then it will apply EnableThemeDialogTexture(ETDT_ENABLETAB) ++** so your tabbed dialogs can use the correct theme (on supporting OSes ie XP+). ++** ++** Otherwise this will return a value based on the param passed (as defined below). ++** For compatability, the return value will be zero on success (as 1 is returned ++** for unsupported ipc calls on older Winamp versions) ++*/ ++ #define IPC_ISWINTHEMEPRESENT 0 ++/* This will return 0 if uxtheme.dll is present ++** int isthemethere = !SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,IPC_ISWINTHEMEPRESENT,IPC_USE_UXTHEME_FUNC); ++*/ ++ #define IPC_ISAEROCOMPOSITIONACTIVE 1 ++/* This will return 0 if aero composition is active ++** int isaero = !SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,IPC_ISAEROCOMPOSITIONACTIVE,IPC_USE_UXTHEME_FUNC); ++*/ ++ ++ ++#define IPC_GET_PLAYING_TITLE 3034 ++// returns wchar_t * of the current title ++ ++ ++#define IPC_CANPLAY 3035 ++// pass const wchar_t *, returns an in_mod * or 0 ++ ++ ++typedef struct { ++ // fill these in... ++ size_t size; // init to sizeof(artFetchData) ++ HWND parent; // parent window of the dialogue ++ ++ // fill as much of these in as you can, otherwise leave them 0 ++ const wchar_t *artist; ++ const wchar_t *album; ++ int year, amgArtistId, amgAlbumId; ++ ++ int showCancelAll; // if set to 1, this shows a "Cancel All" button on the dialogue ++ ++ // winamp will fill these in if the call returns successfully: ++ void* imgData; // a buffer filled with compressed image data. free with WASABI_API_MEMMGR->sysFree() ++ int imgDataLen; // the size of the buffer ++ wchar_t type[10]; // eg: "jpg" ++ const wchar_t *gracenoteFileId; // if you know it ++} artFetchData; ++ ++#define IPC_FETCH_ALBUMART 3036 ++/* pass an artFetchData*. This will show a dialog guiding the use through choosing art, and return when it's finished ++** return values: ++** 1: error showing dialog ++** 0: success ++** -1: cancel was pressed ++** -2: cancel all was pressed ++*/ ++ ++#define IPC_JSAPI2_GET_DISPATCH_OBJECT 3037 ++/* pass your service's unique ID, as a wchar_t * string, in wParam ++** Winamp will copy the string, so don't worry about keeping it around ++** An IDispatch * object will be returned (cast the return value from SendMessage) ++** This IDispatch can be used for scripting/automation/VB interaction ++** Pass to IE via IDocHostUIHandler::GetExternal and it will become window.external in javscript ++*/ ++ ++#define IPC_REGISTER_WINAMP_IPCMESSAGE 65536 ++/* (requires Winamp 5.0+) ++** DWORD id = SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,(WPARAM)name,IPC_REGISTER_WINAMP_IPCMESSAGE); ++** The value 'id' returned is > 65536 and is incremented on subsequent calls for unique ++** 'name' values passed to it. By using the same 'name' in different plugins will allow a ++** common runtime api to be provided for the currently running instance of Winamp ++** e.g. ++** PostMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,(WPARAM)my_param,registered_ipc); ++** Have a look at wa_hotkeys.h for an example on how this api is used in practice for a ++** custom WM_WA_IPC message. ++** ++** if(uMsg == WM_WA_IPC && lParam == id_from_register_winamp_ipcmessage){ ++** // do things ++** } ++*/ ++ ++#endif//_WA_IPC_H_ +diff --git a/subprojects/vgmstream/xmplay/xmpfunc.h b/subprojects/vgmstream/xmplay/xmpfunc.h +index 8ac1759e..3c588f4f 100644 +--- a/subprojects/vgmstream/xmplay/xmpfunc.h ++++ b/subprojects/vgmstream/xmplay/xmpfunc.h +@@ -1,177 +1,177 @@ +-// XMPlay plugin functions header +-// new plugins can be submitted to plugins@xmplay.com +- +-#pragma once +- +-#include +- +-typedef unsigned __int64 QWORD; +- +-#ifdef __cplusplus +-extern "C" { +-#endif +- +-// Note all texts are UTF-8 on WinNT based systems and ANSI on Win9x +-#define Utf2Uni(src,slen,dst,dlen) MultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8,0,src,slen,dst,dlen) // convert UTF-8 to Windows Unicode/WideChar +- +-typedef void *(WINAPI *InterfaceProc)(DWORD face); // XMPlay interface retrieval function received by plugin +- +-#define XMPFUNC_MISC_FACE 0 // miscellaneous functions (XMPFUNC_MISC) +-#define XMPFUNC_REGISTRY_FACE 1 // registry functions (XMPFUNC_REGISTRY) +-#define XMPFUNC_FILE_FACE 2 // file functions (XMPFUNC_FILE) +-#define XMPFUNC_TEXT_FACE 3 // text functions (XMPFUNC_TEXT) +-#define XMPFUNC_STATUS_FACE 4 // playback status functions (XMPFUNC_STATUS) +- +-#define XMPCONFIG_NET_BUFFER 0 +-#define XMPCONFIG_NET_RESTRICT 1 +-#define XMPCONFIG_NET_RECONNECT 2 +-#define XMPCONFIG_NET_PROXY 3 +-#define XMPCONFIG_NET_PROXYCONF 4 // pointer to string +-#define XMPCONFIG_NET_TIMEOUT 5 +-#define XMPCONFIG_NET_PREBUF 6 +-#define XMPCONFIG_OUTPUT 7 // pointer to XMPFORMAT (version 3.6) +- +-#define XMPINFO_TEXT_GENERAL 0 // General info text +-#define XMPINFO_TEXT_MESSAGE 1 // Message info text +-#define XMPINFO_TEXT_SAMPLES 2 // Samples info text +- +-#define XMPINFO_REFRESH_MAIN 1 // main window info area +-#define XMPINFO_REFRESH_GENERAL 2 // General info window +-#define XMPINFO_REFRESH_MESSAGE 4 // Message info window +-#define XMPINFO_REFRESH_SAMPLES 8 // Samples info window +- +-typedef void *XMPFILE; +- +-#define XMPFILE_TYPE_MEMORY 0 // file in memory +-#define XMPFILE_TYPE_FILE 1 // local file +-#define XMPFILE_TYPE_NETFILE 2 // file on the 'net +-#define XMPFILE_TYPE_NETSTREAM 3 // 'net stream (unknown length) +- +-typedef void (WINAPI *XMPSHORTCUTPROC)(); +-typedef void (WINAPI *XMPSHORTCUTPROCEX)(DWORD id); +- +-typedef struct { +- DWORD id; // must be unique and >=0x10000 +- const char *text; // description +- union { // handler +- XMPSHORTCUTPROC proc; +- XMPSHORTCUTPROCEX procex; // if id&0x80000000 +- }; +-} XMPSHORTCUT; +- +-typedef struct { +- DWORD rate; // sample rate +- DWORD chan; // channels +- DWORD res; // bytes per sample (1=8-bit,2=16-bit,3=24-bit,4=float,0=undefined) +-} XMPFORMAT; +- +-typedef struct { +- float time; // cue position +- const char *title; +- const char *performer; +-} XMPCUE; +- +-#define TAG_FORMATTED_TITLE (char*)-1 // formatted track title +-#define TAG_FILENAME (char*)-2 // filename +-#define TAG_TRACK_TITLE (char*)-3 // stream track (or CUE sheet) title +-#define TAG_LENGTH (char*)-4 // length in seconds +-#define TAG_SUBSONGS (char*)-5 // subsong count +-#define TAG_SUBSONG (char*)-6 // separated subsong (number/total) +-#define TAG_RATING (char*)-7 // user rating +-#define TAG_TITLE (char*)0 // = "title" +-#define TAG_ARTIST (char*)1 // = "artist" +-#define TAG_ALBUM (char*)2 // = "album" +-#define TAG_DATE (char*)3 // = "date" +-#define TAG_TRACK (char*)4 // = "title" +-#define TAG_GENRE (char*)5 // = "genre" +-#define TAG_COMMENT (char*)6 // = "comment" +-#define TAG_FILETYPE (char*)7 // = "filetype" +- +-/* +- Non-"const" pointers returned by these functions should be freed via XMPFUNC_MISC:Free when done with them. +-*/ +- +-typedef struct { // miscellaneous functions +- DWORD (WINAPI *GetVersion)(); // get XMPlay version (eg. 0x03040001 = 3.4.0.1) +- HWND (WINAPI *GetWindow)(); // get XMPlay window handle +- void *(WINAPI *Alloc)(DWORD len); // allocate memory +- void *(WINAPI *ReAlloc)(void *mem, DWORD len); // re-allocate memory +- void (WINAPI *Free)(void *mem); // free allocated memory/text +- BOOL (WINAPI *CheckCancel)(); // user wants to cancel? +- DWORD (WINAPI *GetConfig)(DWORD option); // get a config (XMPCONFIG_xxx) value +- const char *(WINAPI *GetSkinConfig)(const char *name); // get a skinconfig value +- void (WINAPI *ShowBubble)(const char *text, DWORD time); // show a help bubble (time in ms, 0=default) +- void (WINAPI *RefreshInfo)(DWORD mode); // refresh info displays (XMPINFO_REFRESH_xxx flags) +- char *(WINAPI *GetInfoText)(DWORD mode); // get info window text (XMPINFO_TEXT_xxx) +- char *(WINAPI *FormatInfoText)(char *buf, const char *name, const char *value); // format text for info window (tabs & new-lines) +- char *(WINAPI *GetTag)(const char *tag); // get a current track's tag (tag name or TAG_xxx) +- BOOL (WINAPI *RegisterShortcut)(const XMPSHORTCUT *cut); // add a shortcut +- BOOL (WINAPI *PerformShortcut)(DWORD id); // perform a shortcut action +-// version 3.4.0.14 +- const XMPCUE *(WINAPI *GetCue)(DWORD cue); // get a cue entry (0=image, 1=1st track) +-// version 3.8 +- BOOL (WINAPI *DDE)(const char *command); // execute a DDE command without using DDE +-} XMPFUNC_MISC; +- +-typedef struct { // "registry" functions +- DWORD (WINAPI *Get)(const char *section, const char *key, void *data, DWORD size); // if data=NULL, required size is returned +- DWORD (WINAPI *GetString)(const char *section, const char *key, char *data, DWORD size); // if data=NULL, required size is returned +- BOOL (WINAPI *GetInt)(const char *section, const char *key, int *data); +- BOOL (WINAPI *Set)(const char *section, const char *key, const void *data, DWORD size); // data=NULL = delete key +- BOOL (WINAPI *SetString)(const char *section, const char *key, const char *data); +- BOOL (WINAPI *SetInt)(const char *section, const char *key, const int *data); +-} XMPFUNC_REGISTRY; +- +-typedef struct { // file functions +- XMPFILE (WINAPI *Open)(const char *filename); // open a file +- XMPFILE (WINAPI *OpenMemory)(const void *buf, DWORD len); // open a file from memory +- void (WINAPI *Close)(XMPFILE file); // close an opened file +- DWORD (WINAPI *GetType)(XMPFILE file); // return XMPFILE_TYPE_xxx +- DWORD (WINAPI *GetSize)(XMPFILE file); // file size +- const char *(WINAPI *GetFilename)(XMPFILE file); // filename +- const void *(WINAPI *GetMemory)(XMPFILE file); // memory location (XMPFILE_TYPE_MEMORY) +- DWORD (WINAPI *Read)(XMPFILE file, void *buf, DWORD len); // read from file +- BOOL (WINAPI *Seek)(XMPFILE file, DWORD pos); // seek in file +- DWORD (WINAPI *Tell)(XMPFILE file); // get current file pos +- // net-only stuff +- void (WINAPI *NetSetRate)(XMPFILE file, DWORD rate); // set bitrate in bytes/sec (decides buffer size) +- BOOL (WINAPI *NetIsActive)(XMPFILE file); // connection is still up? +- BOOL (WINAPI *NetPreBuf)(XMPFILE file); // pre-buffer data +- DWORD (WINAPI *NetAvailable)(XMPFILE file); // get amount of data ready to go +- +- char *(WINAPI *ArchiveList)(XMPFILE file); // get archive contents (series of NULL-terminated entries) +- XMPFILE (WINAPI *ArchiveExtract)(XMPFILE file, const char *entry, DWORD len); // decompress file from archive +-} XMPFUNC_FILE; +- +-typedef struct { // text functions - return new string in native form (UTF-8/ANSI) +- char *(WINAPI *Ansi)(const char *text, int len); // ANSI string (len=-1=null terminated) +- char *(WINAPI *Unicode)(const WCHAR *text, int len); // Unicode string +- char *(WINAPI *Utf8)(const char *text, int len); // UTF-8 string +-} XMPFUNC_TEXT; +- +-typedef struct { // playback status functions +- BOOL (WINAPI *IsPlaying)(); // playing? +- double (WINAPI *GetTime)(); // track position in seconds +- QWORD (WINAPI *GetWritten)(); // samples written to output +- DWORD (WINAPI *GetLatency)(); // samples in output buffer +- const XMPFORMAT *(WINAPI *GetFormat)(BOOL in); // get input/output sample format +-} XMPFUNC_STATUS; +- +-// The following Winamp messages are also supported by XMPlay (see Winamp SDK for descriptions) +-#define WM_WA_IPC WM_USER +-#define IPC_DELETE 101 +-#define IPC_STARTPLAY 102 +-#define IPC_ISPLAYING 104 +-#define IPC_GETOUTPUTTIME 105 +-#define IPC_JUMPTOTIME 106 +-#define IPC_SETPLAYLISTPOS 121 +-#define IPC_SETVOLUME 122 +-#define IPC_SETPANNING 123 +-#define IPC_GETLISTLENGTH 124 +-#define IPC_GETLISTPOS 125 +-#define IPC_GETPLAYLISTFILE 211 +-#define IPC_GETPLAYLISTTITLE 212 +- +-#ifdef __cplusplus +-} +-#endif ++// XMPlay plugin functions header ++// new plugins can be submitted to plugins@xmplay.com ++ ++#pragma once ++ ++#include ++ ++typedef unsigned __int64 QWORD; ++ ++#ifdef __cplusplus ++extern "C" { ++#endif ++ ++// Note all texts are UTF-8 on WinNT based systems and ANSI on Win9x ++#define Utf2Uni(src,slen,dst,dlen) MultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8,0,src,slen,dst,dlen) // convert UTF-8 to Windows Unicode/WideChar ++ ++typedef void *(WINAPI *InterfaceProc)(DWORD face); // XMPlay interface retrieval function received by plugin ++ ++#define XMPFUNC_MISC_FACE 0 // miscellaneous functions (XMPFUNC_MISC) ++#define XMPFUNC_REGISTRY_FACE 1 // registry functions (XMPFUNC_REGISTRY) ++#define XMPFUNC_FILE_FACE 2 // file functions (XMPFUNC_FILE) ++#define XMPFUNC_TEXT_FACE 3 // text functions (XMPFUNC_TEXT) ++#define XMPFUNC_STATUS_FACE 4 // playback status functions (XMPFUNC_STATUS) ++ ++#define XMPCONFIG_NET_BUFFER 0 ++#define XMPCONFIG_NET_RESTRICT 1 ++#define XMPCONFIG_NET_RECONNECT 2 ++#define XMPCONFIG_NET_PROXY 3 ++#define XMPCONFIG_NET_PROXYCONF 4 // pointer to string ++#define XMPCONFIG_NET_TIMEOUT 5 ++#define XMPCONFIG_NET_PREBUF 6 ++#define XMPCONFIG_OUTPUT 7 // pointer to XMPFORMAT (version 3.6) ++ ++#define XMPINFO_TEXT_GENERAL 0 // General info text ++#define XMPINFO_TEXT_MESSAGE 1 // Message info text ++#define XMPINFO_TEXT_SAMPLES 2 // Samples info text ++ ++#define XMPINFO_REFRESH_MAIN 1 // main window info area ++#define XMPINFO_REFRESH_GENERAL 2 // General info window ++#define XMPINFO_REFRESH_MESSAGE 4 // Message info window ++#define XMPINFO_REFRESH_SAMPLES 8 // Samples info window ++ ++typedef void *XMPFILE; ++ ++#define XMPFILE_TYPE_MEMORY 0 // file in memory ++#define XMPFILE_TYPE_FILE 1 // local file ++#define XMPFILE_TYPE_NETFILE 2 // file on the 'net ++#define XMPFILE_TYPE_NETSTREAM 3 // 'net stream (unknown length) ++ ++typedef void (WINAPI *XMPSHORTCUTPROC)(); ++typedef void (WINAPI *XMPSHORTCUTPROCEX)(DWORD id); ++ ++typedef struct { ++ DWORD id; // must be unique and >=0x10000 ++ const char *text; // description ++ union { // handler ++ XMPSHORTCUTPROC proc; ++ XMPSHORTCUTPROCEX procex; // if id&0x80000000 ++ }; ++} XMPSHORTCUT; ++ ++typedef struct { ++ DWORD rate; // sample rate ++ DWORD chan; // channels ++ DWORD res; // bytes per sample (1=8-bit,2=16-bit,3=24-bit,4=float,0=undefined) ++} XMPFORMAT; ++ ++typedef struct { ++ float time; // cue position ++ const char *title; ++ const char *performer; ++} XMPCUE; ++ ++#define TAG_FORMATTED_TITLE (char*)-1 // formatted track title ++#define TAG_FILENAME (char*)-2 // filename ++#define TAG_TRACK_TITLE (char*)-3 // stream track (or CUE sheet) title ++#define TAG_LENGTH (char*)-4 // length in seconds ++#define TAG_SUBSONGS (char*)-5 // subsong count ++#define TAG_SUBSONG (char*)-6 // separated subsong (number/total) ++#define TAG_RATING (char*)-7 // user rating ++#define TAG_TITLE (char*)0 // = "title" ++#define TAG_ARTIST (char*)1 // = "artist" ++#define TAG_ALBUM (char*)2 // = "album" ++#define TAG_DATE (char*)3 // = "date" ++#define TAG_TRACK (char*)4 // = "title" ++#define TAG_GENRE (char*)5 // = "genre" ++#define TAG_COMMENT (char*)6 // = "comment" ++#define TAG_FILETYPE (char*)7 // = "filetype" ++ ++/* ++ Non-"const" pointers returned by these functions should be freed via XMPFUNC_MISC:Free when done with them. ++*/ ++ ++typedef struct { // miscellaneous functions ++ DWORD (WINAPI *GetVersion)(); // get XMPlay version (eg. 0x03040001 = 3.4.0.1) ++ HWND (WINAPI *GetWindow)(); // get XMPlay window handle ++ void *(WINAPI *Alloc)(DWORD len); // allocate memory ++ void *(WINAPI *ReAlloc)(void *mem, DWORD len); // re-allocate memory ++ void (WINAPI *Free)(void *mem); // free allocated memory/text ++ BOOL (WINAPI *CheckCancel)(); // user wants to cancel? ++ DWORD (WINAPI *GetConfig)(DWORD option); // get a config (XMPCONFIG_xxx) value ++ const char *(WINAPI *GetSkinConfig)(const char *name); // get a skinconfig value ++ void (WINAPI *ShowBubble)(const char *text, DWORD time); // show a help bubble (time in ms, 0=default) ++ void (WINAPI *RefreshInfo)(DWORD mode); // refresh info displays (XMPINFO_REFRESH_xxx flags) ++ char *(WINAPI *GetInfoText)(DWORD mode); // get info window text (XMPINFO_TEXT_xxx) ++ char *(WINAPI *FormatInfoText)(char *buf, const char *name, const char *value); // format text for info window (tabs & new-lines) ++ char *(WINAPI *GetTag)(const char *tag); // get a current track's tag (tag name or TAG_xxx) ++ BOOL (WINAPI *RegisterShortcut)(const XMPSHORTCUT *cut); // add a shortcut ++ BOOL (WINAPI *PerformShortcut)(DWORD id); // perform a shortcut action ++// version 3.4.0.14 ++ const XMPCUE *(WINAPI *GetCue)(DWORD cue); // get a cue entry (0=image, 1=1st track) ++// version 3.8 ++ BOOL (WINAPI *DDE)(const char *command); // execute a DDE command without using DDE ++} XMPFUNC_MISC; ++ ++typedef struct { // "registry" functions ++ DWORD (WINAPI *Get)(const char *section, const char *key, void *data, DWORD size); // if data=NULL, required size is returned ++ DWORD (WINAPI *GetString)(const char *section, const char *key, char *data, DWORD size); // if data=NULL, required size is returned ++ BOOL (WINAPI *GetInt)(const char *section, const char *key, int *data); ++ BOOL (WINAPI *Set)(const char *section, const char *key, const void *data, DWORD size); // data=NULL = delete key ++ BOOL (WINAPI *SetString)(const char *section, const char *key, const char *data); ++ BOOL (WINAPI *SetInt)(const char *section, const char *key, const int *data); ++} XMPFUNC_REGISTRY; ++ ++typedef struct { // file functions ++ XMPFILE (WINAPI *Open)(const char *filename); // open a file ++ XMPFILE (WINAPI *OpenMemory)(const void *buf, DWORD len); // open a file from memory ++ void (WINAPI *Close)(XMPFILE file); // close an opened file ++ DWORD (WINAPI *GetType)(XMPFILE file); // return XMPFILE_TYPE_xxx ++ DWORD (WINAPI *GetSize)(XMPFILE file); // file size ++ const char *(WINAPI *GetFilename)(XMPFILE file); // filename ++ const void *(WINAPI *GetMemory)(XMPFILE file); // memory location (XMPFILE_TYPE_MEMORY) ++ DWORD (WINAPI *Read)(XMPFILE file, void *buf, DWORD len); // read from file ++ BOOL (WINAPI *Seek)(XMPFILE file, DWORD pos); // seek in file ++ DWORD (WINAPI *Tell)(XMPFILE file); // get current file pos ++ // net-only stuff ++ void (WINAPI *NetSetRate)(XMPFILE file, DWORD rate); // set bitrate in bytes/sec (decides buffer size) ++ BOOL (WINAPI *NetIsActive)(XMPFILE file); // connection is still up? ++ BOOL (WINAPI *NetPreBuf)(XMPFILE file); // pre-buffer data ++ DWORD (WINAPI *NetAvailable)(XMPFILE file); // get amount of data ready to go ++ ++ char *(WINAPI *ArchiveList)(XMPFILE file); // get archive contents (series of NULL-terminated entries) ++ XMPFILE (WINAPI *ArchiveExtract)(XMPFILE file, const char *entry, DWORD len); // decompress file from archive ++} XMPFUNC_FILE; ++ ++typedef struct { // text functions - return new string in native form (UTF-8/ANSI) ++ char *(WINAPI *Ansi)(const char *text, int len); // ANSI string (len=-1=null terminated) ++ char *(WINAPI *Unicode)(const WCHAR *text, int len); // Unicode string ++ char *(WINAPI *Utf8)(const char *text, int len); // UTF-8 string ++} XMPFUNC_TEXT; ++ ++typedef struct { // playback status functions ++ BOOL (WINAPI *IsPlaying)(); // playing? ++ double (WINAPI *GetTime)(); // track position in seconds ++ QWORD (WINAPI *GetWritten)(); // samples written to output ++ DWORD (WINAPI *GetLatency)(); // samples in output buffer ++ const XMPFORMAT *(WINAPI *GetFormat)(BOOL in); // get input/output sample format ++} XMPFUNC_STATUS; ++ ++// The following Winamp messages are also supported by XMPlay (see Winamp SDK for descriptions) ++#define WM_WA_IPC WM_USER ++#define IPC_DELETE 101 ++#define IPC_STARTPLAY 102 ++#define IPC_ISPLAYING 104 ++#define IPC_GETOUTPUTTIME 105 ++#define IPC_JUMPTOTIME 106 ++#define IPC_SETPLAYLISTPOS 121 ++#define IPC_SETVOLUME 122 ++#define IPC_SETPANNING 123 ++#define IPC_GETLISTLENGTH 124 ++#define IPC_GETLISTPOS 125 ++#define IPC_GETPLAYLISTFILE 211 ++#define IPC_GETPLAYLISTTITLE 212 ++ ++#ifdef __cplusplus ++} ++#endif +diff --git a/subprojects/vgmstream/xmplay/xmpin.h b/subprojects/vgmstream/xmplay/xmpin.h +index 891debac..cb793afa 100644 +--- a/subprojects/vgmstream/xmplay/xmpin.h ++++ b/subprojects/vgmstream/xmplay/xmpin.h +@@ -1,112 +1,112 @@ +-// XMPlay input plugin header +-// new plugins can be submitted to plugins@xmplay.com +- +-#pragma once +- +-#include "xmpfunc.h" +- +-#ifdef __cplusplus +-extern "C" { +-#endif +- +-#ifndef XMPIN_FACE +-#define XMPIN_FACE 4 // "face" +-#endif +- +-#define XMPIN_FLAG_CANSTREAM 1 // can stream files (play while downloading from the 'net) +-#define XMPIN_FLAG_OWNFILE 2 // can process files without "XMPFILE" routines +-#define XMPIN_FLAG_NOXMPFILE 4 // never use "XMPFILE" routines (implies XMPIN_FLAG_OWNFILE) +-#define XMPIN_FLAG_LOOP 8 // custom looping +-#define XMPIN_FLAG_TAIL 16 // output tail (decay/fadeout) +-#define XMPIN_FLAG_CONFIG 64 // can save config +-#define XMPIN_FLAG_LOOPSOUND 128 // allow "auto-loop any track ending with sound" with XMPIN_FLAG_LOOP +- +-// SetPosition special positions +-#define XMPIN_POS_LOOP -1 // loop +-#define XMPIN_POS_AUTOLOOP -2 // auto-loop +-#define XMPIN_POS_TAIL -3 // output tail (decay/fadeout) +-#define XMPIN_POS_SUBSONG 0x80000000 // subsong (LOWORD=subsong) +-#define XMPIN_POS_SUBSONG1 0x40000000 // single subsong mode (don't show info on other subsongs), used with XMPIN_POS_SUBSONG +- +-// VisRender/DC flags +-#define XMPIN_VIS_INIT 1 // DC/buffer is uninitialized +-#define XMPIN_VIS_FULL 2 // fullscreen +-#define XMPIN_VIS_MAIN 4 // main window +- +-// GetFileInfo return flags +-#define XMPIN_INFO_NOSUBTAGS 0x10000 // subsongs don't have their own tags +- +-typedef struct { +- DWORD flags; // XMPIN_FLAG_xxx +- const char *name; // plugin name +- const char *exts; // supported file extensions (description\0ext1/ext2/etc) +- +- void (WINAPI *About)(HWND win); // (OPTIONAL) +- void (WINAPI *Config)(HWND win); // present config options to user (OPTIONAL) +- BOOL (WINAPI *CheckFile)(const char *filename, XMPFILE file); // verify file +-#if XMPIN_FACE==4 +- DWORD (WINAPI *GetFileInfo)(const char *filename, XMPFILE file, float **length, char **tags); // get track info +- // only the following tags are currently used by XMPlay (rest is ignored): title, artist, album, date, track/tracknumber, genre, comment, filetype, cuesheet +-#else +- BOOL (WINAPI *GetFileInfo)(const char *filename, XMPFILE file, float *length, char *tags[8]); // get track info +-#endif +- +- // playback stuff +- DWORD (WINAPI *Open)(const char *filename, XMPFILE file); // open a file +- void (WINAPI *Close)(); // close file +- void *reserved1; +- void (WINAPI *SetFormat)(XMPFORMAT *form); // set sample format +- +-#if XMPIN_FACE==4 +- char *(WINAPI *GetTags)(); // get tags, return NULL to delay (OPTIONAL) +- // XMPlay uses the same tags as with GetFileInfo, but other tags are available via XMPFUNC_MISC:GetTag +-#else +- BOOL (WINAPI *GetTags)(char *tags[8]); // get title elements, return TRUE to delay (OPTIONAL) +-#endif +- void (WINAPI *GetInfoText)(char *format, char *length); // get main panel info text +- void (WINAPI *GetGeneralInfo)(char *buf); // get General info window text (buf is ~40K) +- void (WINAPI *GetMessage)(char *buf); // get Message info text (OPTIONAL) +- double (WINAPI *SetPosition)(DWORD pos); // seek +- double (WINAPI *GetGranularity)(); // seeking granularity (OPTIONAL, default=milliseconds) +- DWORD (WINAPI *GetBuffering)(); // get buffering progress (OPTIONAL) +- DWORD (WINAPI *Process)(float *buf, DWORD count); // decode some sample data +- BOOL (WINAPI *WriteFile)(const char *filename); // write file to disk (OPTIONAL) +- +- void (WINAPI *GetSamples)(char *buf); // get Samples info text (OPTIONAL) +- DWORD (WINAPI *GetSubSongs)(float *length); // get number (and total length) of sub-songs (OPTIONAL) +-#if XMPIN_FACE==4 +- void *reserved3; +-#else +- char *(WINAPI *GetCues)(); // get CUE sheet (OPTIONAL) +-#endif +- +- float (WINAPI *GetDownloaded)(); // get download progress (OPTIONAL) +- +- // vis stuff (all OPTIONAL) +- const char *visname; // visualisation name +- BOOL (WINAPI *VisOpen)(DWORD colors[3]); // initialize vis +- void (WINAPI *VisClose)(); // close vis +- void (WINAPI *VisSize)(HDC dc, SIZE *size); // get ideal vis dimensions +- BOOL (WINAPI *VisRender)(DWORD *buf, SIZE size, DWORD flags); // render vis +- BOOL (WINAPI *VisRenderDC)(HDC dc, SIZE size, DWORD flags); // render vis +- void (WINAPI *VisButton)(DWORD x, DWORD y); // mouse click in vis +- +- void *reserved2; +- +- DWORD (WINAPI *GetConfig)(void *config); // get config (return size of config data) (OPTIONAL) +- void (WINAPI *SetConfig)(void *config, DWORD size); // apply config (OPTIONAL) +-} XMPIN; +- +-#define XMPFUNC_IN_FACE 11 +- +-typedef struct { +- void (WINAPI *SetLength)(float length, BOOL seekable); // set track length (-1=unchanged) and if it's seekable +- void (WINAPI *SetGain)(DWORD mode, float gain); // set replaygain (mode 0=track, 1=album, 2=peak) +- BOOL (WINAPI *UpdateTitle)(const char *track); // set track title (NULL=refresh tags/title) +-// version 3.8 +- BOOL (WINAPI *GetLooping)(); // looping is enabled? (TRUE=stop processing at loop point, FALSE=continue to end) +-} XMPFUNC_IN; +- +-#ifdef __cplusplus +-} +-#endif ++// XMPlay input plugin header ++// new plugins can be submitted to plugins@xmplay.com ++ ++#pragma once ++ ++#include "xmpfunc.h" ++ ++#ifdef __cplusplus ++extern "C" { ++#endif ++ ++#ifndef XMPIN_FACE ++#define XMPIN_FACE 4 // "face" ++#endif ++ ++#define XMPIN_FLAG_CANSTREAM 1 // can stream files (play while downloading from the 'net) ++#define XMPIN_FLAG_OWNFILE 2 // can process files without "XMPFILE" routines ++#define XMPIN_FLAG_NOXMPFILE 4 // never use "XMPFILE" routines (implies XMPIN_FLAG_OWNFILE) ++#define XMPIN_FLAG_LOOP 8 // custom looping ++#define XMPIN_FLAG_TAIL 16 // output tail (decay/fadeout) ++#define XMPIN_FLAG_CONFIG 64 // can save config ++#define XMPIN_FLAG_LOOPSOUND 128 // allow "auto-loop any track ending with sound" with XMPIN_FLAG_LOOP ++ ++// SetPosition special positions ++#define XMPIN_POS_LOOP -1 // loop ++#define XMPIN_POS_AUTOLOOP -2 // auto-loop ++#define XMPIN_POS_TAIL -3 // output tail (decay/fadeout) ++#define XMPIN_POS_SUBSONG 0x80000000 // subsong (LOWORD=subsong) ++#define XMPIN_POS_SUBSONG1 0x40000000 // single subsong mode (don't show info on other subsongs), used with XMPIN_POS_SUBSONG ++ ++// VisRender/DC flags ++#define XMPIN_VIS_INIT 1 // DC/buffer is uninitialized ++#define XMPIN_VIS_FULL 2 // fullscreen ++#define XMPIN_VIS_MAIN 4 // main window ++ ++// GetFileInfo return flags ++#define XMPIN_INFO_NOSUBTAGS 0x10000 // subsongs don't have their own tags ++ ++typedef struct { ++ DWORD flags; // XMPIN_FLAG_xxx ++ const char *name; // plugin name ++ const char *exts; // supported file extensions (description\0ext1/ext2/etc) ++ ++ void (WINAPI *About)(HWND win); // (OPTIONAL) ++ void (WINAPI *Config)(HWND win); // present config options to user (OPTIONAL) ++ BOOL (WINAPI *CheckFile)(const char *filename, XMPFILE file); // verify file ++#if XMPIN_FACE==4 ++ DWORD (WINAPI *GetFileInfo)(const char *filename, XMPFILE file, float **length, char **tags); // get track info ++ // only the following tags are currently used by XMPlay (rest is ignored): title, artist, album, date, track/tracknumber, genre, comment, filetype, cuesheet ++#else ++ BOOL (WINAPI *GetFileInfo)(const char *filename, XMPFILE file, float *length, char *tags[8]); // get track info ++#endif ++ ++ // playback stuff ++ DWORD (WINAPI *Open)(const char *filename, XMPFILE file); // open a file ++ void (WINAPI *Close)(); // close file ++ void *reserved1; ++ void (WINAPI *SetFormat)(XMPFORMAT *form); // set sample format ++ ++#if XMPIN_FACE==4 ++ char *(WINAPI *GetTags)(); // get tags, return NULL to delay (OPTIONAL) ++ // XMPlay uses the same tags as with GetFileInfo, but other tags are available via XMPFUNC_MISC:GetTag ++#else ++ BOOL (WINAPI *GetTags)(char *tags[8]); // get title elements, return TRUE to delay (OPTIONAL) ++#endif ++ void (WINAPI *GetInfoText)(char *format, char *length); // get main panel info text ++ void (WINAPI *GetGeneralInfo)(char *buf); // get General info window text (buf is ~40K) ++ void (WINAPI *GetMessage)(char *buf); // get Message info text (OPTIONAL) ++ double (WINAPI *SetPosition)(DWORD pos); // seek ++ double (WINAPI *GetGranularity)(); // seeking granularity (OPTIONAL, default=milliseconds) ++ DWORD (WINAPI *GetBuffering)(); // get buffering progress (OPTIONAL) ++ DWORD (WINAPI *Process)(float *buf, DWORD count); // decode some sample data ++ BOOL (WINAPI *WriteFile)(const char *filename); // write file to disk (OPTIONAL) ++ ++ void (WINAPI *GetSamples)(char *buf); // get Samples info text (OPTIONAL) ++ DWORD (WINAPI *GetSubSongs)(float *length); // get number (and total length) of sub-songs (OPTIONAL) ++#if XMPIN_FACE==4 ++ void *reserved3; ++#else ++ char *(WINAPI *GetCues)(); // get CUE sheet (OPTIONAL) ++#endif ++ ++ float (WINAPI *GetDownloaded)(); // get download progress (OPTIONAL) ++ ++ // vis stuff (all OPTIONAL) ++ const char *visname; // visualisation name ++ BOOL (WINAPI *VisOpen)(DWORD colors[3]); // initialize vis ++ void (WINAPI *VisClose)(); // close vis ++ void (WINAPI *VisSize)(HDC dc, SIZE *size); // get ideal vis dimensions ++ BOOL (WINAPI *VisRender)(DWORD *buf, SIZE size, DWORD flags); // render vis ++ BOOL (WINAPI *VisRenderDC)(HDC dc, SIZE size, DWORD flags); // render vis ++ void (WINAPI *VisButton)(DWORD x, DWORD y); // mouse click in vis ++ ++ void *reserved2; ++ ++ DWORD (WINAPI *GetConfig)(void *config); // get config (return size of config data) (OPTIONAL) ++ void (WINAPI *SetConfig)(void *config, DWORD size); // apply config (OPTIONAL) ++} XMPIN; ++ ++#define XMPFUNC_IN_FACE 11 ++ ++typedef struct { ++ void (WINAPI *SetLength)(float length, BOOL seekable); // set track length (-1=unchanged) and if it's seekable ++ void (WINAPI *SetGain)(DWORD mode, float gain); // set replaygain (mode 0=track, 1=album, 2=peak) ++ BOOL (WINAPI *UpdateTitle)(const char *track); // set track title (NULL=refresh tags/title) ++// version 3.8 ++ BOOL (WINAPI *GetLooping)(); // looping is enabled? (TRUE=stop processing at loop point, FALSE=continue to end) ++} XMPFUNC_IN; ++ ++#ifdef __cplusplus ++} ++#endif diff --git a/media-sound/looper/looper-9999.ebuild b/media-sound/looper/looper-9999.ebuild index 52e1a4f..2384646 100644 --- a/media-sound/looper/looper-9999.ebuild +++ b/media-sound/looper/looper-9999.ebuild @@ -32,6 +32,7 @@ HOMEPAGE="https://complecwaft.com/catmeow/looper/" # Portage. EGIT_REPO_URI="https://complecwaft.com/catmeow/looper.git" EGIT_SUBMODULES=(subprojects/vgmstream subprojects/SDL-Mixer-X backends/ui/imgui/imgui backends/imgui/IconFontsCppHeaders subprojects/jsoncpp subprojects/soundtouch subprojects/protobuf-c) +PATCHES=( ${FILESDIR}/vgmstream.patch ) # Source directory; the dir where the sources can be found (automatically # unpacked) inside ${WORKDIR}. The default value for S is ${WORKDIR}/${P} # If you don't need to change it, leave the S= line out of the ebuild @@ -107,7 +108,7 @@ BDEPEND="virtual/pkgconfig" # The following src_configure function is implemented as default by portage, so # you only need to call it if you need a different behaviour. src_configure() { - declare -a mycmakeargs=( -DDISABLE_GTK_UI=ON -DBUILD_SOUNDTOUCH=ON -DBUILD_SHARED_LIBS=OFF -DSOUNDSTRETCH=OFF -DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=RelWithDebInfo ) + declare -a mycmakeargs=( -DDISABLE_GTK_UI=ON -DBUILD_SOUNDTOUCH=ON -DBUILD_SHARED_LIBS=OFF -DSOUNDSTRETCH=OFF -DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=RelWithDebInfo -DUSE_VORBIS=OFF -DUSE_CELT=OFF -DUSE_ATRAC9=OFF -DUSE_G719=OFF ) # Most open-source packages use GNU autoconf for configuration. cmake_src_configure }